1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes false
133 \output_changes false
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
152 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
154 \begin_inset CommandInset href
156 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
167 \begin_inset Newline newline
171 \begin_inset Newline newline
175 \begin_inset Note Note
178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
179 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
180 \begin_inset Newline newline
185 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
193 \begin_layout Standard
194 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
195 LatexCommand tableofcontents
202 \begin_layout Chapter
206 \begin_layout Section
210 \begin_layout Standard
211 LyX is a document preparation system.
212 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
213 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
214 It is unlike most other
215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
222 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
224 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
240 pt type, left justified, 5
241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
249 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
253 \begin_layout Standard
254 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
267 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
271 \begin_layout Standard
273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
284 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
285 the format of all of the manuals.
286 If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
287 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
304 \begin_layout Section
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
311 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
312 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
316 \begin_layout Standard
317 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
318 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
319 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
321 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
322 only a vertical scrollbar.
323 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
324 The first case is large images.
325 To avoid that they are displayed larger than your screen, use in the image
332 LaTeX and LyX options
335 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
337 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
338 this doesn't work for equations yet.
341 \begin_layout Standard
342 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
350 reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
357 \begin_layout Section
361 \begin_layout Standard
362 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
367 of the manuals from inside LyX.
368 Just select the manual you want read from the
375 \begin_layout Section
377 \begin_inset CommandInset label
379 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
386 \begin_layout Standard
387 Almost all features of LyX that can be configured via the menu
389 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
393 \begin_inset Index idx
396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
402 LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
403 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
404 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences
406 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
407 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
412 \begin_inset space \space{}
415 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
416 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
418 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
422 \begin_inset Index idx
425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
426 Reconfiguration of LyX
431 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
434 \begin_layout Section
436 \begin_inset CommandInset label
438 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
445 \begin_layout Standard
446 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
447 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
449 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
450 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
454 \begin_layout Standard
455 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
457 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
458 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
461 \begin_layout Standard
462 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
463 you can view from the menu
465 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
484 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
485 reconfigure LyX (menu
487 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
491 \begin_inset Note Note
494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
495 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
503 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
504 More about TeX Code is described in section
509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
511 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
515 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
522 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
532 \begin_inset Index idx
535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
536 Reconfiguration of LyX
541 See section 5.1 of the
545 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
548 \begin_layout Chapter
552 \begin_layout Section
553 Basic File Operations
554 \begin_inset Index idx
557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
566 \begin_layout Standard
571 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
572 in addition to some more advanced operations:
575 \begin_layout Itemize
587 \begin_layout Itemize
605 \begin_layout Itemize
617 \begin_layout Itemize
623 \begin_layout Itemize
635 \begin_layout Itemize
645 \begin_layout Itemize
659 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 \begin_layout Itemize
687 arg "dialog-show print"
693 \begin_layout Itemize
699 \begin_layout Standard
700 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
701 a few minor differences.
704 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
719 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
720 you for a template to use.
721 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
722 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
723 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
731 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
738 \begin_layout Standard
739 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
771 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
772 space is just that — a big, blank space.
780 \begin_layout Standard
801 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
806 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
831 will reload the document from disk.
832 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
833 and want to restore it to the last save.
842 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
843 can identify them as your changes.
846 \begin_layout Section
847 Basic Editing Features
848 \begin_inset Index idx
851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
860 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
867 \begin_layout Standard
868 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
869 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
870 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
871 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
873 We will start with cut and paste.
876 \begin_layout Standard
877 As you might expect, the
881 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
882 various other editing features.
883 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
887 \begin_layout Itemize
901 \begin_layout Itemize
915 \begin_layout Itemize
929 \begin_layout Itemize
939 \begin_layout Itemize
949 \begin_layout Itemize
965 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
971 \begin_layout Standard
972 The first three are self-explanatory.
973 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you have selected,
974 it is automatically placed in the clipboard.
983 keys also function as the
988 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
989 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
990 You will have to do an
994 to get back the lost text.
997 \begin_layout Standard
998 \begin_inset Index idx
1001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1007 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1011 \begin_inset space ~
1016 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1019 \begin_layout Standard
1022 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1024 \begin_inset space ~
1027 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1029 \begin_inset space ~
1033 \begin_inset space ~
1038 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1044 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1048 \begin_inset space ~
1053 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1054 will start a new paragraph.
1057 \begin_layout Standard
1058 \begin_inset Index idx
1061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1068 \begin_inset Index idx
1071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1079 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1081 \begin_inset space ~
1085 \begin_inset space ~
1093 \begin_inset space ~
1097 \begin_inset space ~
1103 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1108 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1111 \begin_inset space ~
1120 \begin_inset space ~
1125 button to skip the current word.
1129 \begin_inset space ~
1134 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1138 \begin_inset space ~
1143 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1145 If the toggle is set, searching for
1146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1157 will not match the word
1158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1172 Match whole words only
1174 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1175 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1203 LyX offers also an advanced
1206 \begin_inset space ~
1210 \begin_inset space ~
1215 feature that is described in sec.
1216 \begin_inset space ~
1220 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1222 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1229 \begin_layout Standard
1230 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1231 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1233 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1238 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1245 \begin_layout Standard
1246 The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
1249 arg "inset-select-all"
1255 arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
1258 selects the whole document.
1261 \begin_layout Section
1263 \begin_inset Index idx
1266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1273 \begin_inset Index idx
1276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1283 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1285 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1292 \begin_layout Standard
1293 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1294 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1297 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1300 or the toolbar button
1306 to undo some mistake.
1307 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1309 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1312 or the toolbar button
1319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1326 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1327 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1330 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1333 \begin_layout Standard
1334 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1343 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1344 This is a consequence of the 100
1345 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1348 step undo limit, above.
1351 \begin_layout Standard
1360 work on almost everything in LyX.
1361 But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1365 \begin_layout Section
1367 \begin_inset Index idx
1370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1379 \begin_layout Standard
1380 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1383 \begin_layout Enumerate
1388 \begin_layout Itemize
1393 once anywhere in the edit window.
1394 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1398 \begin_layout Enumerate
1403 \begin_layout Itemize
1409 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1412 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1415 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1418 \begin_layout Itemize
1419 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1421 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1428 \begin_layout Enumerate
1429 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1433 \begin_layout Standard
1434 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1435 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1439 \begin_layout Section
1441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1443 name "sec:Navigating"
1448 \begin_inset Index idx
1451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1460 \begin_layout Standard
1461 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1464 \begin_layout Itemize
1469 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1470 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1473 \begin_layout Itemize
1474 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1476 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1479 or by the toolbar button
1482 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1488 \begin_layout Itemize
1489 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1491 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1494 and use the same menu to return to them.
1495 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1498 \begin_layout Standard
1502 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1507 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1508 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1511 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1512 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1513 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1514 your last editing position.
1517 \begin_layout Subsection
1521 \begin_layout Standard
1522 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1523 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1524 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1526 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1531 LatexCommand formatted
1532 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1536 ), or notes, or citations (see sec.
1537 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1542 LatexCommand formatted
1543 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1548 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1552 \begin_layout Standard
1553 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1554 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1555 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1556 dialog and to modify the citation.
1557 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1561 \begin_layout Standard
1562 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1564 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1565 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1573 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1576 \begin_layout Standard
1577 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1578 you further to control the display.
1583 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1584 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1589 option keeps it in the current view state.
1590 Keeping means that when you have e.
1591 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1595 \begin_inset space \space{}
1598 the subsections of section
1599 \begin_inset space ~
1602 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1603 \begin_inset space ~
1606 3, the subsections of section
1607 \begin_inset space ~
1610 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1615 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1616 \begin_inset space ~
1620 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1630 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1633 \begin_layout Standard
1635 \begin_inset space ~
1639 \begin_inset Graphics
1640 filename ../images/reload.png
1645 \begin_inset space ~
1648 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1649 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1652 \begin_inset space \space{}
1656 \begin_inset Graphics
1657 filename ../images/down.png
1659 groupId toolbarbuttons
1664 \begin_inset space ~
1668 \begin_inset space \space{}
1672 \begin_inset Graphics
1673 filename ../images/up.png
1675 groupId toolbarbuttons
1680 \begin_inset space ~
1683 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1684 So, for example, you can move section
1685 \begin_inset space ~
1689 \begin_inset space ~
1692 2.4 or after section
1693 \begin_inset space ~
1697 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1699 \begin_inset Graphics
1700 filename ../images/promote.png
1702 groupId toolbarbuttons
1707 \begin_inset Graphics
1708 filename ../images/demote.png
1710 groupId toolbarbuttons
1714 (or the corresponding key bindings
1722 ) you can change the level of sections.
1723 So you can for example make section
1724 \begin_inset space ~
1728 \begin_inset space ~
1732 \begin_inset space ~
1738 \begin_layout Section
1739 Input / Word Completion
1740 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1742 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1747 \begin_inset Index idx
1750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1757 \begin_inset Index idx
1760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1791 \begin_layout Standard
1792 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1794 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1795 is used to propose completions.
1798 \begin_layout Standard
1799 The input completion can be activated in the LyX preferences (menu
1801 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1806 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1813 \begin_inset space ~
1817 \begin_inset space ~
1822 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor.
1826 \begin_inset space ~
1831 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1832 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1834 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1840 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1845 The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option
1849 \begin_inset space ~
1858 \begin_layout Standard
1859 LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that there are
1860 completions available.
1865 key to accept a proposed completion.
1866 If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1867 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1868 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1875 \begin_layout Section
1877 \begin_inset Index idx
1880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1887 \begin_inset Index idx
1890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1919 \begin_inset Index idx
1922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1953 \begin_layout Standard
1954 There are at least two different primary binding maps:
1967 , which can be changed in the LyX preferences under
1969 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1975 \begin_layout Standard
1979 \begin_inset space ~
1987 \begin_inset space ~
2008 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2012 \begin_layout Labeling
2013 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2017 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2018 LatexCommand nomenclature
2020 description "Tabulator key"
2026 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2027 If you do not understand this, go read sections
2028 \begin_inset space ~
2032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2034 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2041 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2045 , especially section
2046 \begin_inset space ~
2050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2052 reference "sub:Lists"
2058 If you're still confused, look in the
2063 \begin_inset Newline newline
2066 In LyX the Tab key is only used to accept propositions of the input completion.
2069 \begin_layout Labeling
2070 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2074 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2075 LatexCommand nomenclature
2077 description "Escape key"
2084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2091 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2092 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2095 \begin_layout Labeling
2096 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2102 \begin_inset space ~
2106 \begin_inset space ~
2113 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2114 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2118 \begin_layout Standard
2119 There are three modifier keys:
2122 \begin_layout Labeling
2123 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2141 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2142 LatexCommand nomenclature
2144 description "Control key"
2148 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2149 on which keys it is used in combination with:
2153 \begin_layout Itemize
2162 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2165 \begin_layout Itemize
2174 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2177 \begin_layout Itemize
2186 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2190 \begin_layout Labeling
2191 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2209 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2210 LatexCommand nomenclature
2212 description "Shift key"
2216 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select
2217 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2220 \begin_layout Labeling
2221 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2239 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2240 LatexCommand nomenclature
2242 description "Alt or Meta key"
2246 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2247 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2248 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2254 \begin_inset Newline newline
2257 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2259 menu accelerator keys
2262 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2263 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2267 \begin_layout Standard
2268 For example, the sequence
2269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2275 \begin_inset space ~
2279 \begin_inset space ~
2285 \begin_inset space ~
2293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2312 \begin_inset space ~
2318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2328 \begin_layout Standard
2333 manual lists all other things bound to the
2341 \begin_layout Standard
2342 You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
2343 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
2344 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action,
2345 you've just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2346 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2347 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2348 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2350 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2366 followed by a capital
2373 \begin_layout Standard
2374 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2376 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2381 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2384 as explained in sec.
2385 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2391 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2398 \begin_layout Chapter
2400 \begin_inset Index idx
2403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2412 \begin_layout Section
2414 \begin_inset Index idx
2417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2426 \begin_layout Subsection
2430 \begin_layout Standard
2431 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2432 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2433 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2434 numbering schemes, and so on.
2435 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2436 and format the title of your document differently.
2439 \begin_layout Standard
2444 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2445 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2446 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2447 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2448 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2451 \begin_layout Standard
2452 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2453 how to adjust their properties.
2456 \begin_layout Subsection
2458 \begin_inset Index idx
2461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2468 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2470 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2477 \begin_layout Standard
2478 You can select a class using the
2480 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2481 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2485 \begin_inset Index idx
2488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2495 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2499 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2503 \begin_layout Standard
2504 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2508 \begin_layout Description
2509 Article for basic articles
2512 \begin_layout Description
2513 Report for basic reports
2516 \begin_layout Description
2517 Book for writing a book
2520 \begin_layout Description
2521 Letter for US-style letters
2524 \begin_layout Standard
2525 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2526 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2527 will include many of these.
2528 Here are some of the classes.
2529 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2531 Special Document Classes
2540 \begin_layout Description
2541 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2544 \begin_layout Description
2545 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2549 \begin_layout Description
2550 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2554 \begin_layout Description
2555 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2556 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2557 There are three article layouts available.
2558 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2559 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2560 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2561 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2566 sequential numbering
2567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2570 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2571 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2572 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2573 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2576 \begin_layout Description
2577 Beamer Layout for presentations
2580 \begin_layout Description
2581 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2582 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2586 \begin_layout Description
2587 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2590 \begin_layout Description
2592 \begin_inset space ~
2595 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2598 \begin_layout Description
2599 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2602 \begin_layout Description
2603 Foils Used to make transparencies
2606 \begin_layout Description
2607 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2608 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2612 \begin_layout Description
2613 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2614 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2617 \begin_layout Description
2618 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2621 \begin_layout Description
2622 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2625 \begin_layout Description
2626 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2627 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2628 (Is used by this document.)
2631 \begin_layout Description
2632 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2635 \begin_layout Description
2636 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2639 \begin_layout Description
2644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2651 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2652 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2654 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2657 \begin_layout Description
2658 Slides Used to make transparencies
2661 \begin_layout Description
2663 \begin_inset space ~
2666 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2667 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2670 \begin_layout Description
2671 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2674 \begin_layout Standard
2675 We will not go into any detail about how to use these different document
2677 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2683 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2684 of the document classes.
2687 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2691 \begin_layout Standard
2692 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2694 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2695 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2697 \begin_inset Index idx
2700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2717 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2718 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2720 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2723 \begin_layout Standard
2725 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2726 and some of them, like
2730 , are highly specialized.
2731 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2732 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2734 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2735 by some document class.
2736 There are just too many of them.
2737 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2740 \begin_layout Standard
2741 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2749 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2750 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2751 document class for a new file.
2752 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2757 Installing new LaTeX files
2758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2765 manual for information on how to install them.
2766 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2772 \begin_layout Standard
2773 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2774 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2776 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2777 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2778 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2780 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2783 \begin_inset space ~
2790 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2793 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2795 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2802 \begin_inset Index idx
2805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2814 \begin_layout Standard
2815 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2816 chosen document class.
2817 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2818 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2825 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2829 \begin_inset Index idx
2832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2839 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2843 \begin_layout Standard
2844 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2845 always installed by default.
2846 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2847 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2848 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2849 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2850 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2851 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2852 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2855 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2859 \begin_inset Index idx
2862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2863 Reconfiguration of LyX
2869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2872 Installing new LaTeX files
2873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2880 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2883 \begin_layout Standard
2884 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2892 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2893 LyX will advise you about these things.
2901 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2903 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2905 name "sub:Local-Layout"
2910 \begin_inset Index idx
2913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2914 Document ! Local Layout
2922 \begin_layout Standard
2923 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2924 used in a variety of different documents.
2925 If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
2926 documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
2927 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
2928 need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
2929 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2930 What you want is LyX's
2931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2947 manual for information on how to use it.
2950 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2954 \begin_layout Standard
2955 Each class has a default set of options.
2956 Here's a quick table describing them:
2959 \begin_layout Standard
2960 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2966 \begin_layout Standard
2968 \begin_inset Tabular
2969 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2970 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2971 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2972 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2973 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2974 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2975 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3429 \begin_layout Standard
3430 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3436 \begin_layout Standard
3437 You're probably also wondering what
3438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3442 \begin_inset space ~
3446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3450 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3451 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3456 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3461 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3471 headings, there are also
3479 headings, and so on.
3480 We will describe these headings fully in section
3481 \begin_inset space ~
3485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3487 reference "sub:Headings"
3494 \begin_layout Subsection
3496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3498 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3503 \begin_inset Index idx
3506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3515 \begin_inset Index idx
3518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3527 \begin_layout Standard
3528 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3530 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3537 \begin_inset space ~
3545 \begin_inset space ~
3550 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3552 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3553 to use for your document.
3554 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3558 \begin_layout Standard
3565 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3571 \begin_inset space ~
3576 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3577 You can choose between the following five options:
3580 \begin_layout Labeling
3581 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3586 Use default page style of current class.
3589 \begin_layout Labeling
3590 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3595 No page numbers or headings.
3598 \begin_layout Labeling
3599 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3607 \begin_layout Labeling
3608 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3613 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3614 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3615 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3618 \begin_layout Labeling
3619 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3624 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
3625 have the LaTeX-package
3630 \begin_inset Index idx
3633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3634 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3640 How they are defined is explained in section
3641 \begin_inset space ~
3645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3647 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3654 \begin_layout Standard
3655 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3656 \begin_inset space ~
3660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3662 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3669 \begin_layout Subsection
3670 Paper Size and Orientation
3671 \begin_inset Index idx
3674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3675 Document ! Paper size
3681 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3683 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3690 \begin_layout Standard
3691 You find the following options in the menu
3694 \begin_inset space ~
3701 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3707 \begin_inset Index idx
3710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3719 \begin_layout Labeling
3720 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3724 \begin_inset space ~
3729 What size paper to print on.
3734 \begin_layout Itemize
3740 \begin_layout Itemize
3746 \begin_layout Itemize
3752 \begin_layout Itemize
3758 \begin_layout Itemize
3761 US letter, US legal, US executive
3764 \begin_layout Itemize
3770 \begin_layout Itemize
3777 \begin_layout Labeling
3778 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3783 To choose whether to output as
3794 \begin_layout Labeling
3795 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3799 \begin_inset space ~
3804 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3805 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3808 \begin_layout Subsection
3810 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3817 \begin_inset Index idx
3820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3827 \begin_inset Index idx
3830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3839 \begin_layout Standard
3840 Paper margins are set in the menu
3842 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3846 \begin_inset Index idx
3849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3858 \begin_layout Standard
3859 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3860 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3861 the paper format and the font size into account.
3864 \begin_layout Subsection
3868 \begin_layout Standard
3869 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3874 That includes the paragraph environments.
3875 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3876 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3877 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3878 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3887 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3889 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3890 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3891 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3894 \begin_layout Section
3895 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3896 \begin_inset Index idx
3899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3900 Paragraph ! Indentation
3908 \begin_layout Subsection
3910 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3912 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3919 \begin_layout Standard
3920 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3921 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3924 \begin_layout Standard
3925 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3926 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3927 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3928 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3932 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3938 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3939 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3940 language than English.
3941 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3944 \begin_layout Standard
3945 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3946 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3948 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3949 LyX takes care of that.
3950 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3952 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3953 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3954 of a page, and so on.
3958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3959 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3964 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3965 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3969 of these pre-coded spacings.
3970 We will explain more later.
3973 \begin_layout Subsection
3974 Paragraph Separation
3975 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3977 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3982 \begin_inset Index idx
3985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3986 Paragraph ! Separation
3994 \begin_layout Standard
3995 To separate paragraphs, select
4006 \begin_inset space ~
4013 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4017 \begin_inset Index idx
4020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4026 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4029 \begin_layout Subsection
4033 \begin_layout Standard
4034 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4037 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4039 \begin_inset space ~
4044 dialog and toggle the
4047 \begin_inset space ~
4052 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4055 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4059 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4060 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4064 \begin_layout Standard
4065 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4066 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4069 \begin_layout Subsection
4071 \begin_inset Index idx
4074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4075 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4083 \begin_layout Standard
4086 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4090 \begin_inset Index idx
4093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4102 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4105 \begin_inset space ~
4114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4115 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4120 \begin_inset Index idx
4123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4124 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4129 installed to use this feature.
4137 \begin_layout Section
4138 Paragraph Environments
4139 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4141 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4146 \begin_inset Index idx
4149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4150 Paragraph ! Environments
4156 \begin_inset Index idx
4159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4160 Paragraph environments|(
4168 \begin_layout Subsection
4172 \begin_layout Standard
4173 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4176 \begin_layout Standard
4195 \begin_inset Newline newline
4198 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4199 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4200 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4209 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4212 \begin_layout Standard
4213 A paragraph environment is simply a
4214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4221 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4222 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4223 scheme, labels, and so on.
4224 Additionally, you can
4225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4232 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4233 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4234 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4235 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4236 days of typewriters.
4237 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4239 We will only be covering the most common ones here.
4242 \begin_layout Standard
4243 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4244 \begin_inset Graphics
4245 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4251 at the left end of the toolbar.
4252 LyX will change the environment of the
4256 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4257 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4258 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4262 \begin_layout Standard
4271 create a new paragraph using the
4275 paragraph environment.
4277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4284 because if you are in one of these environments:
4287 \begin_layout Itemize
4293 \begin_layout Itemize
4299 \begin_layout Itemize
4305 \begin_layout Itemize
4311 \begin_layout Itemize
4317 \begin_layout Itemize
4323 \begin_layout Itemize
4329 \begin_layout Standard
4330 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4334 , rather than resetting it to
4339 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4340 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4341 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4342 \begin_inset space ~
4346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4348 reference "sec:Nesting"
4353 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4358 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4359 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4363 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4369 \begin_layout Subsection
4373 \begin_layout Standard
4374 The default paragraph environment is
4379 It creates a plain paragraph.
4380 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4381 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4382 this manual) are in the
4389 \begin_layout Standard
4390 You can nest a paragraph using the
4394 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4402 \begin_layout Subsection
4404 \begin_inset Index idx
4407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4416 \begin_layout Standard
4417 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4426 for thanks or contact information.
4427 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4428 page along with today's date.
4429 For other types of documents, the title
4430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4437 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4441 \begin_layout Standard
4442 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4456 Here's how you use them:
4459 \begin_layout Itemize
4460 Put the title of your document in the
4467 \begin_layout Itemize
4468 Put the author name in the
4475 \begin_layout Itemize
4476 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4477 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4483 Note that using this environment is optional.
4484 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4485 If you don't want any date, add the line
4486 \begin_inset Newline newline
4496 \begin_inset Newline newline
4499 to the preamble of your document (menu
4501 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4507 \begin_layout Standard
4508 You can use footnotes to insert
4509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4516 or contact information.
4519 \begin_layout Subsection
4521 \begin_inset Index idx
4524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4531 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4540 \begin_layout Standard
4541 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4542 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4545 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4547 \begin_inset Index idx
4550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4551 Section headings ! Numbered
4559 \begin_layout Standard
4560 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4564 \begin_layout Enumerate
4570 \begin_layout Enumerate
4576 \begin_layout Enumerate
4582 \begin_layout Enumerate
4588 \begin_layout Enumerate
4594 \begin_layout Enumerate
4600 \begin_layout Enumerate
4606 \begin_layout Standard
4607 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4608 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4609 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4612 \begin_layout Standard
4613 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4614 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4615 You group the book into chapters.
4616 LyX does similar grouping:
4619 \begin_layout Itemize
4624 is divided in either
4635 \begin_layout Itemize
4647 \begin_layout Itemize
4659 \begin_layout Itemize
4671 \begin_layout Itemize
4683 \begin_layout Itemize
4695 \begin_layout Standard
4696 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4704 Not all document types use the
4708 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4713 is the top-level heading.
4721 \begin_layout Standard
4726 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4727 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4729 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4741 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4743 \begin_inset Index idx
4746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4747 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4755 \begin_layout Standard
4756 The unnumbered section headings have a
4757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4764 at the end of their name.
4765 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4766 the table of contents, see section
4767 \begin_inset space ~
4771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4780 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4781 Changing the Numbering
4782 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4784 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4791 \begin_layout Standard
4792 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4793 in the Table of Contents.
4794 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4796 Certain classes start with
4810 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4820 This is something you can change.
4823 \begin_layout Standard
4826 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4832 \begin_inset Index idx
4835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4846 \begin_inset space ~
4850 \begin_inset space ~
4855 you will see two counters.
4860 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4862 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4866 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4867 Short Titles of Headings
4868 \begin_inset Index idx
4871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4872 Section headings ! Short titles
4878 \begin_inset Argument
4881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4888 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4890 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4897 \begin_layout Standard
4898 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4899 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4900 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4901 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4904 \begin_layout Standard
4905 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4906 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4907 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4908 To specify a short title, use the menu
4910 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4912 \begin_inset space ~
4918 This will insert a box labeled
4919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4934 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4935 This also works for captions inside floats.
4938 \begin_layout Standard
4939 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4942 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4946 \begin_layout Standard
4947 The following information applies to all section headings:
4950 \begin_layout Itemize
4951 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4954 \begin_layout Itemize
4955 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4958 \begin_layout Itemize
4959 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4962 \begin_layout Itemize
4963 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4966 \begin_layout Subsection
4967 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4970 \begin_layout Standard
4971 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4985 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4986 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4987 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4988 the text they contain.
4989 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4997 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5000 \begin_layout Standard
5001 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5010 when you start a new paragraph.
5011 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5015 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5016 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5017 to change back to the
5021 environment yourself.
5024 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5034 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5041 \begin_inset Index idx
5044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5053 \begin_layout Standard
5054 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5055 time for the differences.
5064 are identical except for one difference:
5068 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5077 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5080 \begin_layout Standard
5081 Here's an example of the
5094 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5096 See – no indentation!
5100 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5101 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5102 the other paragraph.
5105 \begin_layout Standard
5106 Here's another example, this time in the
5113 \begin_layout Quotation
5119 If I keep writing, you will see the indentation.
5120 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5121 the first line, then
5125 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5129 you were quoting other text.
5132 \begin_layout Quotation
5133 Here's a new paragraph.
5134 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5135 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5138 \begin_layout Standard
5139 As the examples show,
5143 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5144 They should put quotes in the
5149 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5153 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5156 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5162 \begin_inset Index idx
5165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5174 \begin_inset Index idx
5177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5184 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5193 \begin_layout Standard
5198 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5204 \begin_inset Newline newline
5207 Which I did not rehearse!
5211 It could be much worse.
5212 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5214 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5215 indented a bit more than the first.
5216 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5222 \begin_inset Newline newline
5225 And make things look fine
5226 \begin_inset Newline newline
5232 arg "newline-insert newline"
5238 \begin_layout Standard
5243 does not indent both margins.
5244 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5245 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5252 arg "newline-insert newline"
5258 \begin_layout Subsection
5260 \begin_inset Index idx
5263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5270 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5279 \begin_layout Standard
5280 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5290 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5299 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5300 We will present the individual details of each type of list next after
5301 describing some general features of all four of them.
5304 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5308 \begin_layout Standard
5309 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5311 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5320 reset the environment to
5324 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5325 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5326 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5330 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5333 to break paragraphs.
5336 \begin_layout Standard
5337 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5338 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5340 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5341 you read all of section
5342 \begin_inset space ~
5346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5348 reference "sec:Nesting"
5356 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5362 \begin_inset Index idx
5365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5372 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5381 \begin_layout Standard
5382 The first type of list we will describe in detail is the
5386 paragraph environment.
5387 It has the following properties:
5390 \begin_layout Itemize
5391 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5395 \begin_layout Itemize
5396 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5399 \begin_layout Itemize
5400 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5404 \begin_layout Itemize
5405 The items can have any length.
5406 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5407 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5414 \begin_layout Itemize
5419 environment inside another
5423 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5427 \begin_layout Itemize
5428 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5431 \begin_layout Itemize
5432 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5435 \begin_layout Itemize
5437 \begin_inset space ~
5441 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5443 reference "sec:Nesting"
5447 for a full explanation of nesting.
5451 \begin_layout Standard
5452 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5461 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5464 \begin_layout Standard
5465 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5466 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5469 \begin_layout Itemize
5470 The label for the first level
5474 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5478 \begin_layout Itemize
5479 The label for the second level is a dash.
5483 \begin_layout Itemize
5484 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5488 \begin_layout Itemize
5489 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5493 \begin_layout Itemize
5494 Back out to the third level.
5498 \begin_layout Itemize
5499 Back to the second level.
5503 \begin_layout Itemize
5504 Back to the outermost level.
5507 \begin_layout Standard
5508 These are the default labels for an
5513 You can customize these labels in the
5515 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5518 dialog in the submenu
5525 \begin_inset Index idx
5528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5537 \begin_layout Standard
5538 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5539 We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5541 \begin_inset space ~
5545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5547 reference "sec:Nesting"
5554 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5560 \begin_inset Index idx
5563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5570 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5572 name "sec:Enumerate"
5579 \begin_layout Standard
5584 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5585 It has these properties:
5588 \begin_layout Enumerate
5589 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5593 \begin_layout Enumerate
5594 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5598 \begin_layout Enumerate
5599 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5602 \begin_layout Enumerate
5607 environment resets the counter to one.
5610 \begin_layout Enumerate
5623 \begin_layout Enumerate
5624 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5625 Items can have any length.
5628 \begin_layout Enumerate
5629 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5632 \begin_layout Enumerate
5633 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5636 \begin_layout Enumerate
5637 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5641 \begin_layout Standard
5650 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5651 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5658 \begin_layout Enumerate
5659 The first level of an
5663 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5667 \begin_layout Enumerate
5668 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5672 \begin_layout Enumerate
5673 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5677 \begin_layout Enumerate
5678 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5681 \begin_layout Enumerate
5682 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5687 \begin_layout Enumerate
5688 Back to the third level
5692 \begin_layout Enumerate
5693 Back to the second level.
5697 \begin_layout Enumerate
5698 Back to the outermost level.
5701 \begin_layout Standard
5702 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5707 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5712 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5716 \begin_layout Standard
5717 There is more to nesting
5721 environments than we've stated here.
5722 You should read section
5723 \begin_inset space ~
5727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5729 reference "sec:Nesting"
5733 to learn more about nesting.
5736 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5742 \begin_inset Index idx
5745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5754 \begin_layout Standard
5755 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5759 list has no fixed label.
5760 Instead, LyX uses the first
5761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5768 of the first line as the label.
5772 \begin_layout Description
5773 Example: This is an example of the
5780 \begin_layout Standard
5781 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5785 \begin_layout Standard
5787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5794 it is meant that the first hit of the
5798 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5800 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5808 arg "space-insert protected"
5813 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5814 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5816 \begin_inset space ~
5822 \begin_inset space ~
5826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5828 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5832 for more info.) Here is an example:
5835 \begin_layout Description
5837 \begin_inset space ~
5840 Example: This one shows how to use a
5843 \begin_inset space ~
5855 \begin_layout Description
5856 Usage: You should use the
5860 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5861 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5863 It's not a good idea to use a
5867 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5868 You're better off using
5880 paragraphs into them.
5883 \begin_layout Description
5884 Nesting: You can nest
5888 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5892 \begin_layout Standard
5893 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5894 them from the first line.
5897 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5903 \begin_inset Index idx
5906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5915 \begin_layout Standard
5920 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5923 \begin_layout Standard
5924 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5932 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5937 environment is named
5949 \begin_layout Standard
5958 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5959 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5962 \begin_layout Labeling
5963 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5965 \begin_inset space ~
5968 labels LyX uses the first
5969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5976 of each line as the item label.
5981 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5982 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5983 blank as described above.
5986 \begin_layout Labeling
5987 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5988 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5989 the body of the item text.
5990 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5991 label width plus a little extra space.
5995 \begin_layout Labeling
5996 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5998 \begin_inset space ~
6001 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6003 If the label width is larger, the label
6004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6011 into the first line.
6012 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6013 margin of the rest of the item text.
6016 \begin_layout Labeling
6017 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6019 \begin_inset space ~
6022 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6027 environment have the same left margin.
6028 \begin_inset Newline newline
6031 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6034 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6036 \begin_inset space ~
6045 \begin_inset space ~
6050 determines the default label width.
6051 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6060 multiple times instead.
6061 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6070 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6073 \begin_inset space ~
6078 every time you alter a label in a
6083 \begin_inset Newline newline
6086 The predefined default width is the length of
6087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6096 \begin_inset Newline newline
6100 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6108 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6109 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6117 \begin_layout Standard
6122 environment the same way like the
6126 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6132 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6136 \begin_layout Standard
6141 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6143 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6145 \begin_inset space ~
6149 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6151 reference "sec:Nesting"
6155 to learn about nesting.
6158 \begin_layout Standard
6159 There is yet another feature of the
6163 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6165 You can use additional
6169 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6174 are documented in section
6175 \begin_inset space ~
6179 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6181 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6186 Here are some examples:
6189 \begin_layout Labeling
6190 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6191 Left The default for
6198 \begin_layout Labeling
6199 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6200 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6207 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6210 \begin_layout Labeling
6211 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6212 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6216 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6223 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6226 \begin_layout Subsection
6228 \begin_inset Index idx
6231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6240 \begin_layout Standard
6241 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6244 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6246 in the document settings.
6247 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6252 \begin_inset Index idx
6255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6256 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6264 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6265 Custom Enumerate Lists
6266 \begin_inset Index idx
6269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6270 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6278 \begin_layout Standard
6280 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6283 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6286 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6287 There you add the command
6290 \begin_layout Standard
6298 \begin_layout Standard
6299 in TeX Code (shortcut
6309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6310 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6311 \begin_inset space ~
6315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6317 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6330 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6337 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6338 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6351 For Arabic numerals use
6359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6366 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6381 \begin_layout Standard
6383 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6391 You can only number 26
6392 \begin_inset space ~
6395 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6403 \begin_layout Standard
6404 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6405 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6408 \begin_layout Standard
6409 As example a list with custom numbering:
6412 \begin_layout Enumerate
6413 \begin_inset Argument
6416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6442 \begin_layout Enumerate
6443 \begin_inset Argument
6446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6469 \begin_layout Enumerate
6474 \begin_layout Enumerate
6475 \begin_inset Argument
6478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6502 \begin_layout Enumerate
6503 \begin_inset Argument
6506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6532 \begin_layout Standard
6533 For this list these commands were used:
6536 \begin_layout Standard
6547 \begin_inset Newline newline
6555 \begin_inset Newline newline
6563 \begin_inset Newline newline
6573 \begin_layout Standard
6580 makes the label emphasized and
6589 \begin_layout Standard
6590 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6598 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6599 lists until you change the definition.
6607 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6609 \begin_inset Index idx
6612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6613 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6621 \begin_layout Standard
6622 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6625 \begin_layout Enumerate
6626 \begin_inset Argument
6629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6648 \begin_inset Note Note
6651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6652 goes back to default numbering
6660 \begin_layout Enumerate
6664 \begin_layout Standard
6668 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6672 \begin_layout Standard
6673 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6678 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6679 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6682 \begin_layout Standard
6683 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6691 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6699 \begin_layout Standard
6700 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6702 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6703 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6704 of a normal new enumeration.
6705 There insert the command
6708 \begin_layout Standard
6714 \begin_layout Standard
6719 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6723 \begin_layout Enumerate
6727 \begin_layout Enumerate
6731 \begin_layout Standard
6732 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6735 \begin_layout Enumerate
6736 \begin_inset Argument
6739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6755 This enumeration starts at 4
6758 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6760 \begin_inset Index idx
6763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6772 \begin_layout Standard
6773 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6775 For example the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6778 \begin_layout Itemize
6782 \begin_layout Itemize
6783 with standard spacing
6786 \begin_layout Standard
6787 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6789 There add the command
6793 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6796 \begin_layout Itemize
6797 \begin_inset Argument
6800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6819 \begin_layout Itemize
6823 \begin_layout Itemize
6827 \begin_layout Standard
6828 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6834 \begin_inset Index idx
6837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6838 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6844 For more info see its documentation,
6845 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6854 \begin_layout Standard
6855 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6857 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the one of the
6858 paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6859 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6862 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6865 \begin_layout Enumerate
6866 \begin_inset Argument
6869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6877 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6890 \begin_layout Enumerate
6891 with negative indentation
6894 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6895 Further Customization
6896 \begin_inset Index idx
6899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6900 Lists ! Customization
6908 \begin_layout Standard
6909 You can also change the style of description lists.
6913 \begin_layout Standard
6919 \begin_layout Standard
6920 changes the description label font, the command
6923 \begin_layout Standard
6929 \begin_layout Standard
6930 sets the list style.
6933 \begin_layout Standard
6934 An example where the command
6937 \begin_layout Standard
6942 itshape, style=nextline
6945 \begin_layout Standard
6949 \begin_layout Description
6951 \begin_inset space ~
6955 \begin_inset Argument
6958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6964 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6966 itshape, style=nextline
6976 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
6977 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
6981 \begin_layout Description
6983 \begin_inset space ~
6986 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
6987 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
6988 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
6991 \begin_layout Standard
6992 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
6998 \begin_inset Index idx
7001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7002 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
7008 For more info see its documentation,
7009 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7018 \begin_layout Subsection
7020 \begin_inset Index idx
7023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7032 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7040 \begin_inset space ~
7048 \begin_layout Standard
7049 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7057 \begin_inset space ~
7063 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7064 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7065 In contrast, you can use the
7072 \begin_inset space ~
7077 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7078 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7082 \begin_layout Standard
7083 Of course, you're not limited to using
7090 \begin_inset space ~
7099 \begin_inset space ~
7104 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7105 some European academic papers.
7108 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7110 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7112 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7119 \begin_layout Standard
7124 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7125 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7129 \begin_inset space ~
7134 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7135 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7136 Here's an example of each:
7139 \begin_layout Right Address
7141 \begin_inset Newline newline
7145 \begin_inset Newline newline
7149 \begin_inset Newline newline
7152 When is it? What is today?
7155 \begin_layout Standard
7159 \begin_inset space ~
7165 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7166 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7167 Here's an example of the
7174 \begin_layout Address
7176 \begin_inset Newline newline
7179 Where do I send this
7180 \begin_inset Newline newline
7183 Your post office and country
7186 \begin_layout Standard
7187 As you can see, both
7194 \begin_inset space ~
7199 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7204 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7210 This makes sense, since
7218 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7219 Thus, you have to use
7226 arg "newline-insert newline"
7232 \begin_inset space ~
7235 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7237 \begin_inset space ~
7246 menu) to start a new line in an
7253 \begin_inset space ~
7261 \begin_layout Subsection
7265 \begin_layout Standard
7266 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7267 or list of references.
7268 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7271 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7275 \begin_inset Index idx
7278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7287 \begin_layout Standard
7292 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7293 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7294 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7295 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7299 in anything else or vice versa.
7305 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7306 The book document classes ignores the
7310 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7314 in a letter document class.
7317 \begin_layout Standard
7322 environment does several things for you.
7323 First, it puts the centered label
7324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7332 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7334 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7335 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7336 the subsequent text.
7337 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7338 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7341 \begin_layout Standard
7342 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7346 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7347 The new paragraph will still be in the
7352 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7353 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7356 \begin_layout Standard
7357 \begin_inset Float figure
7362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7364 \begin_inset Graphics
7365 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7373 \begin_inset Caption
7375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7376 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7378 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7399 \begin_layout Standard
7400 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7404 environment, but since this document is in the
7405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7412 class, we can't do this.
7413 We inserted it therefore as figure
7414 \begin_inset space ~
7418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7420 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7425 If you've never heard of an
7426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7433 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7436 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7442 \begin_inset Index idx
7445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7452 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7454 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7461 \begin_layout Standard
7466 environment is used to list references.
7467 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7468 only use it at the end of the document.
7473 in anything else or vice versa will not work.
7476 \begin_layout Standard
7477 When you first open a
7481 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7497 depending on the document class.
7498 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7499 Each paragraph of the
7503 environment is a bibliography entry.
7508 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7509 Each new paragraph is still in the
7516 \begin_layout Standard
7517 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7518 by using a BibTeX database.
7519 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7520 phy handling, have a look at in section
7521 \begin_inset space ~
7525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7527 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7534 \begin_layout Subsection
7538 \begin_inset Index idx
7541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7542 Paragraph ! LyX code
7548 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7557 \begin_layout Standard
7562 environment is another LyX extension.
7563 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7568 key as a fixed whitespace;
7572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7584 \begin_inset space ~
7589 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7594 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7595 If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use
7598 arg "newline-insert newline"
7615 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7616 So, when you finish using the
7620 environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7621 Also, you can nest the
7625 environment inside of others.
7628 \begin_layout Standard
7629 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7632 \begin_layout Itemize
7636 arg "newline-insert newline"
7639 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7640 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7644 \begin_inset space \space{}
7654 arg "newline-insert newline"
7660 \begin_layout Itemize
7664 arg "newline-insert newline"
7675 \begin_layout Itemize
7680 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7687 \begin_layout Itemize
7691 arg "space-insert protected"
7698 \begin_layout Itemize
7699 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7700 You must put at least one
7704 in any line you want blank.
7705 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7708 \begin_layout Itemize
7709 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7713 since that will insert
7718 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7721 arg "self-insert \""
7727 \begin_layout Standard
7731 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7735 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7739 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7743 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7747 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7748 printf("Hello World!
7753 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7757 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7761 \begin_layout Standard
7762 This is just the standard
7763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7774 \begin_layout Standard
7779 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7780 rc-files, and so on.
7781 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7782 as if you used a typewriter.
7783 \begin_inset Index idx
7786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7787 Paragraph environments|)
7792 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7795 Program Code Listings
7800 \begin_inset space ~
7808 \begin_layout Section
7809 Nesting Environments
7810 \begin_inset Index idx
7813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7814 Nesting ! Environments
7820 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7829 \begin_layout Subsection
7833 \begin_layout Standard
7834 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7836 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7838 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7840 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7852 \begin_layout Enumerate
7856 \begin_layout Enumerate
7861 \begin_layout Enumerate
7865 \begin_layout Enumerate
7870 \begin_layout Enumerate
7874 \begin_layout Standard
7875 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7876 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7879 \begin_inset space ~
7883 \begin_inset space ~
7891 \begin_inset space ~
7895 \begin_inset space ~
7904 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7905 will tell you how far you are nested).
7906 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7909 arg "depth-increment"
7915 arg "depth-decrement"
7918 or the convenient key bindings
7929 arg "depth-increment"
7935 arg "depth-decrement"
7938 to change the nesting level.
7939 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7940 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7944 \begin_layout Standard
7945 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7946 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7947 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7948 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7951 \begin_layout Standard
7952 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7953 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7955 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7958 \begin_layout Subsection
7959 What You Can and Can't Nest
7962 \begin_layout Standard
7963 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7964 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7967 \begin_layout Standard
7968 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7969 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7970 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7973 \begin_layout Itemize
7974 Completely unnestable
7977 \begin_layout Itemize
7978 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7982 \begin_layout Itemize
7983 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7987 \begin_layout Standard
7988 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7989 environments have them:
7992 \begin_layout Description
7993 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7994 Can't nest into them.
7998 \begin_layout Itemize
8004 \begin_layout Itemize
8010 \begin_layout Itemize
8016 \begin_layout Itemize
8022 \begin_layout Itemize
8029 \begin_layout Description
8031 \begin_inset space ~
8034 Nestable You can nest them.
8035 You can nest other things into them.
8039 \begin_layout Itemize
8045 \begin_layout Itemize
8051 \begin_layout Itemize
8057 \begin_layout Itemize
8063 \begin_layout Itemize
8069 \begin_layout Itemize
8075 \begin_layout Itemize
8081 \begin_layout Itemize
8088 \begin_layout Description
8089 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8090 You can't nest anything into them.
8094 \begin_layout Itemize
8100 \begin_layout Itemize
8106 \begin_layout Itemize
8112 \begin_layout Itemize
8118 \begin_layout Itemize
8124 \begin_layout Itemize
8130 \begin_layout Itemize
8136 \begin_layout Itemize
8142 \begin_layout Itemize
8148 \begin_layout Itemize
8154 \begin_layout Itemize
8160 \begin_layout Itemize
8166 \begin_layout Itemize
8172 \begin_layout Itemize
8176 \begin_inset space ~
8182 \begin_layout Itemize
8189 \begin_layout Standard
8190 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8198 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8207 \begin_inset space ~
8211 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8215 \begin_inset space \space{}
8218 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8219 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8220 section headings violate this.
8228 \begin_layout Subsection
8229 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8230 \begin_inset Index idx
8233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8234 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8242 \begin_layout Standard
8243 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8244 affected by nesting anyhow.
8248 \begin_layout Itemize
8252 \begin_layout Itemize
8256 \begin_layout Itemize
8260 \begin_layout Standard
8262 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8270 Figures and tables in
8274 are not affected by this.
8279 Have a look at section
8280 \begin_inset space ~
8284 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8286 reference "sec:Floats"
8290 for more information about
8297 \begin_layout Standard
8298 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8299 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8303 \begin_layout Standard
8304 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8312 of its own, it behaves just like a
8313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8320 paragraph environment.
8321 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8325 \begin_layout Standard
8326 Here's an example with a table:
8329 \begin_layout Enumerate
8334 \begin_layout Enumerate
8335 This is (a) and it's nested.
8339 \begin_layout Standard
8340 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8346 \begin_layout Standard
8348 \begin_inset Tabular
8349 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8350 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8351 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8352 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8436 \begin_layout Standard
8437 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8444 \begin_layout Enumerate
8446 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8450 \begin_layout Enumerate
8454 \begin_layout Standard
8455 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8458 \begin_layout Enumerate
8463 \begin_layout Enumerate
8464 This is (a) and it's nested.
8468 \begin_layout Standard
8469 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8475 \begin_layout Standard
8477 \begin_inset Tabular
8478 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8479 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8480 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8481 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8565 \begin_layout Standard
8566 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8572 \begin_layout Enumerate
8579 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8582 \begin_layout Enumerate
8586 \begin_layout Standard
8587 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8591 \begin_layout Standard
8592 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8594 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8597 \begin_layout Enumerate
8602 \begin_layout Enumerate
8603 This is (a) and it's nested.
8606 \begin_layout Standard
8607 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8613 \begin_layout Standard
8615 \begin_inset Tabular
8616 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8617 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8618 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8619 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8703 \begin_layout Standard
8704 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8710 \begin_layout Enumerate
8712 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8720 \begin_layout Enumerate
8724 \begin_layout Standard
8725 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8731 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8732 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8736 \begin_layout Subsection
8737 Usage and General Features
8740 \begin_layout Standard
8741 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8750 is the innermost possible depth.
8751 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8754 \begin_layout Enumerate
8755 level #1 – outermost
8759 \begin_layout Enumerate
8764 \begin_layout Enumerate
8769 \begin_layout Enumerate
8774 \begin_layout Itemize
8779 \begin_layout Itemize
8788 \begin_layout Standard
8789 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8790 both of them in the example.
8791 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8801 For example, if we tried to nest another
8806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8813 , we would get errors.
8816 \begin_layout Subsection
8818 \begin_inset Index idx
8821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8830 \begin_layout Standard
8831 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8832 We have several examples of nested environments.
8833 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8837 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8838 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8841 \begin_layout Labeling
8842 \labelwidthstring MMM
8843 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8852 \begin_layout Labeling
8853 \labelwidthstring MMM
8854 #2-a This is level #2.
8855 We created it by using
8858 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8864 arg "depth-increment"
8871 \begin_layout Labeling
8872 \labelwidthstring MMM
8873 #3-a This is level #3.
8874 This time, we just hit
8881 arg "depth-increment"
8885 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8889 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8895 arg "depth-increment"
8902 \begin_layout Standard
8907 environment, nested inside of
8908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8916 So, it's at level #4.
8917 We did this by hitting
8920 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8926 arg "depth-increment"
8929 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8934 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8950 \begin_layout Standard
8955 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8958 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8964 \begin_layout Labeling
8965 \labelwidthstring MMM
8966 #4-a This is level #4.
8970 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8973 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8978 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8982 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8987 keep nesting things inside
8988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8999 \begin_layout Labeling
9000 \labelwidthstring MMM
9001 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9006 \begin_layout Labeling
9007 \labelwidthstring MMM
9008 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9009 and this is level #6.
9010 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9014 \begin_layout Labeling
9015 \labelwidthstring MMM
9016 #5-b Back to level #5.
9020 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9026 arg "depth-decrement"
9033 \begin_layout Labeling
9034 \labelwidthstring MMM
9038 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9044 arg "depth-decrement"
9047 , we're back at level #4.
9051 \begin_layout Labeling
9052 \labelwidthstring MMM
9053 #3-b Back to level #3.
9054 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9058 \begin_layout Labeling
9059 \labelwidthstring MMM
9060 #2-b Back to level #2.
9065 \begin_layout Labeling
9066 \labelwidthstring MMM
9067 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9068 After this sentence, we will hit
9072 and change the paragraph environment back to
9079 \begin_layout Standard
9080 We could have also used the
9096 environment in place of the
9101 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9104 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9105 Example 2: Inheritance
9108 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9109 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9112 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9121 arg "depth-increment"
9124 , after which, we will change to the
9132 \begin_layout Enumerate
9137 environment, at level #2.
9140 \begin_layout Enumerate
9141 Notice how the nested
9145 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9149 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9153 \begin_layout Standard
9154 We ended this example by hitting
9159 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9163 and reset the nesting depth by using
9166 arg "depth-decrement"
9172 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9173 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9182 \begin_inset Argument
9185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9186 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9194 \begin_layout Enumerate
9195 This is level #1, in an
9199 paragraph environment.
9200 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9204 \begin_layout Enumerate
9209 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9215 arg "depth-increment"
9219 Now, what happens if we nest an
9223 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9224 label be? An asterisk?
9228 \begin_layout Itemize
9238 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9239 So, its label is a bullet.
9240 (We got here by using
9243 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9249 arg "depth-increment"
9252 , then changing the environment to
9260 \begin_layout Itemize
9261 Here's level #4, produced using
9264 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9270 arg "depth-increment"
9274 We will do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9279 \begin_layout Enumerate
9280 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9282 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9287 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9291 , because we are in the
9300 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9319 \begin_layout Enumerate
9324 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9325 type of numbering does LyX use?
9328 \begin_layout Enumerate
9329 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9332 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9335 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9338 \begin_layout Enumerate
9342 arg "depth-decrement"
9345 to decrease the depth after the next
9348 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9355 \begin_layout Enumerate
9357 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9361 \begin_layout Enumerate
9363 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9364 numeral as the label.Why?
9367 \begin_layout Enumerate
9368 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9377 Notice, however, that LyX
9381 reset the counter for the label.
9385 \begin_layout Enumerate
9389 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9395 arg "depth-decrement"
9398 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9399 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9400 into the twofold-nested
9408 \begin_layout Enumerate
9409 The same thing happens if we do another
9412 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9418 arg "depth-decrement"
9421 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9424 \begin_layout Standard
9425 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9430 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9444 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9450 The same rule applies for the
9454 environment, as well.
9457 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9458 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9461 \begin_layout Enumerate
9462 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9463 We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into
9464 the same detail with how we did it.
9473 \begin_layout Standard
9481 arg "depth-increment"
9488 : level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created
9489 the example in parentheses someplace.
9490 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9491 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9492 Either before or after this, we will put in the level.
9496 \begin_layout Enumerate
9501 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9506 Now we will add verse.
9507 \begin_inset Newline newline
9510 It will get much worse.
9511 \begin_inset Newline newline
9521 arg "depth-increment"
9532 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9533 \begin_inset Newline newline
9536 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9537 \begin_inset Newline newline
9543 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9556 \begin_layout Standard
9557 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9563 \begin_layout Standard
9565 \begin_inset Tabular
9566 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9567 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9568 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9569 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9658 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9668 arg "depth-increment"
9674 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9684 arg "depth-decrement"
9691 \begin_layout Enumerate
9696 : level #1) This is another item.
9697 Note that selecting a
9701 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9702 3 times to put the table inside the
9710 \begin_layout Quotation
9711 We're now ending the
9715 list and changing to
9720 We're still at level #1.
9721 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9722 The next set of paragraphs is a
9723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9730 We will nest both the
9737 \begin_inset space ~
9742 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9746 for the letter body.
9750 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9753 to preserve the depth.
9754 Remember that you need to use
9757 arg "newline-insert newline"
9760 to create multiple lines inside the
9767 \begin_inset space ~
9777 \begin_layout Right Address
9779 \begin_inset Newline newline
9782 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9783 \begin_inset Newline newline
9789 \begin_layout Address
9791 \begin_inset space ~
9797 \begin_layout Quotation
9798 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9799 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9802 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9803 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9804 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9805 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9806 as soon as possible.
9807 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9810 \begin_layout Quotation
9811 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9812 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9813 with your order, along with payment.
9816 \begin_layout Quotation
9817 We thank you again for your patience.
9820 \begin_layout Address
9822 \begin_inset Newline newline
9829 \begin_layout Quotation
9830 That ends that example!
9833 \begin_layout Standard
9834 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9835 just a few keystrokes.
9836 We could have easily nested an
9857 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9860 \begin_layout Section
9861 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9862 \begin_inset Index idx
9865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9874 \begin_layout Standard
9875 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9876 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9877 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9878 be broken at the end of a line.
9879 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9883 \begin_layout Subsection
9885 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9887 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9892 \begin_inset Index idx
9895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9904 \begin_layout Standard
9905 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9907 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9911 Further documentation is given in section
9912 \begin_inset Newline newline
9916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9918 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9926 \begin_layout Standard
9927 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9942 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9951 A protected space is set with
9953 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9954 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9958 \begin_inset space ~
9968 arg "space-insert protected"
9974 \begin_layout Subsection
9976 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9978 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9983 \begin_inset Index idx
9986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9987 Spacing ! Horizontal
9995 \begin_layout Standard
9996 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9998 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9999 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10003 The length units are listed in Appendix
10004 \begin_inset space ~
10008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10010 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10017 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10019 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10021 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10026 \begin_inset Index idx
10029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10030 Spaces ! Inter-word
10038 \begin_layout Standard
10040 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10044 \begin_inset space \space{}
10047 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10048 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10049 \begin_inset space ~
10053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10055 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10060 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10061 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10064 arg "space-insert normal"
10070 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10072 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10074 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10079 \begin_inset Index idx
10082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10091 \begin_layout Standard
10093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10100 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10109 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10110 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10111 inside abbreviations:
10114 \begin_layout Quote
10116 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10120 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10123 \begin_layout Standard
10124 or between values and units.
10125 Compare for example this:
10126 \begin_inset Newline newline
10130 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10134 \begin_inset Newline newline
10137 10 kg (normal space
10140 \begin_layout Standard
10141 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10143 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10144 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10146 \begin_inset space ~
10154 arg "space-insert thin"
10160 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10162 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10164 name "sub:More-Spaces"
10171 \begin_layout Standard
10172 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10175 \begin_layout Description
10177 \begin_inset space ~
10181 \begin_inset space ~
10184 space A line with a
10185 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10189 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10193 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10196 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10199 \begin_layout Description
10201 \begin_inset space ~
10205 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10209 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10213 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10217 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10221 \begin_inset space ~
10225 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10228 em) space between the arrows.
10231 \begin_layout Description
10233 \begin_inset space ~
10237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10241 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10245 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10249 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10253 \begin_inset space ~
10257 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10260 em) space between the arrows.
10263 \begin_layout Description
10265 \begin_inset space ~
10269 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10273 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10277 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10281 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10285 \begin_inset space ~
10289 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10292 em) space between the arrows.
10295 \begin_layout Description
10297 \begin_inset space ~
10301 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10305 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10310 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10314 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10317 cm space between the arrows.
10320 \begin_layout Standard
10322 \begin_inset space ~
10326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10328 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10332 lists the different space sizes.
10335 \begin_layout Standard
10336 \begin_inset Float table
10341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10343 \begin_inset Caption
10345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10346 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10348 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10352 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10362 \begin_inset Tabular
10363 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10364 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10365 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10366 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10430 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10454 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10478 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10493 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10506 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10521 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10534 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10549 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10562 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10583 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10589 \begin_inset Index idx
10592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10601 \begin_layout Standard
10602 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10603 in a uniform fashion.
10604 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10605 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10606 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10607 equally between themselves.
10611 \begin_layout Standard
10612 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
10615 \begin_layout Quote
10617 This is on the left side
10618 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10621 This is on the right
10624 \begin_layout Quote
10627 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10631 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10637 \begin_layout Quote
10640 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10644 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10648 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10654 \begin_layout Standard
10655 That was an example in the
10661 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10665 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10669 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10672 is one in a standard paragraph.
10673 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10677 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10680 \begin_layout Standard
10681 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10684 \begin_inset space ~
10689 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10692 \begin_layout Standard
10694 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10698 \begin_inset space ~
10704 \begin_layout Standard
10706 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10710 \begin_inset space ~
10716 \begin_layout Standard
10718 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10722 \begin_inset space ~
10728 \begin_layout Standard
10730 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10734 \begin_inset space ~
10740 \begin_layout Standard
10742 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10746 \begin_inset space ~
10752 \begin_layout Standard
10754 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10758 \begin_inset space ~
10764 \begin_layout Standard
10765 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10773 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10777 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10778 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10779 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10783 option in the space dialog.
10791 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10793 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10795 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10800 \begin_inset Index idx
10803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10812 \begin_layout Standard
10813 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10815 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10819 \begin_inset space \space{}
10822 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10825 \begin_layout Standard
10826 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10829 What is correct English?:
10830 \begin_inset Newline newline
10834 \begin_inset Newline newline
10838 \begin_inset space ~
10841 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10842 \begin_inset Newline newline
10846 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10857 \begin_inset Newline newline
10861 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10872 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10878 \begin_layout Standard
10879 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10884 \begin_inset space ~
10888 \begin_inset space ~
10892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10896 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10898 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10899 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10903 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10909 \begin_inset space ~
10913 \begin_inset space ~
10917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10920 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10929 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10930 That is why it is named
10931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10939 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10940 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10944 \begin_layout Subsection
10946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10948 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10953 \begin_inset Index idx
10956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10965 \begin_layout Standard
10966 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10968 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10969 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10971 \begin_inset space ~
10977 There you find the following sizes:
10980 \begin_layout Standard
10993 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10998 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
11000 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11004 \begin_inset Index idx
11007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11008 Document ! Settings
11013 for the paragraph separation.
11014 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11025 \begin_layout Standard
11031 \begin_inset Index idx
11034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11040 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11041 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11043 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11044 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11053 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11062 s are described in section
11063 \begin_inset space ~
11067 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11069 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11078 If there are several
11082 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11083 You can therefore use
11087 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11090 \begin_layout Standard
11095 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11096 \begin_inset space ~
11100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11102 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
11109 \begin_layout Standard
11110 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11120 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11121 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11133 \begin_layout Subsection
11134 Paragraph Alignment
11137 \begin_layout Standard
11138 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11140 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11144 There are five possibilities:
11147 \begin_layout Itemize
11155 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11161 \begin_layout Itemize
11169 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11175 \begin_layout Itemize
11183 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11189 \begin_layout Itemize
11197 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11203 \begin_layout Itemize
11211 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11217 \begin_layout Standard
11218 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11219 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11220 the left and right margins.
11221 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11224 \begin_layout Standard
11226 This paragraph is right aligned,
11229 \begin_layout Standard
11231 this one is centered,
11234 \begin_layout Standard
11236 this one is left aligned.
11239 \begin_layout Subsection
11241 \begin_inset Index idx
11244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11245 Page breaks ! Forced
11251 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11253 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11260 \begin_layout Standard
11261 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11262 can force a page break where you want one.
11263 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11264 Only if you use a lot of
11268 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11271 \begin_layout Standard
11272 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11273 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11277 have to change the page breaking.
11280 \begin_layout Standard
11281 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11283 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11285 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11286 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11288 \begin_inset space ~
11294 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11296 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11297 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11299 \begin_inset space ~
11304 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11306 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11307 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11310 \begin_layout Standard
11311 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11312 at the top of a page.
11313 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11314 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11315 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11316 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11320 reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
11324 to learn more about
11331 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11333 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11335 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11340 \begin_inset Index idx
11343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11344 Page breaks ! Clear
11352 \begin_layout Standard
11353 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11354 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11355 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11356 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11357 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11360 \begin_layout Standard
11361 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11363 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11364 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11366 \begin_inset space ~
11372 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11374 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11375 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11377 \begin_inset space ~
11381 \begin_inset space ~
11386 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11387 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11390 \begin_layout Subsection
11392 \begin_inset Index idx
11395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11402 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11404 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11411 \begin_layout Standard
11412 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11414 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11416 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11417 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11419 \begin_inset space ~
11423 \begin_inset space ~
11431 arg "newline-insert newline"
11435 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11437 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11438 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11440 \begin_inset space ~
11444 \begin_inset space ~
11449 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11451 This is useful to avoid
11452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11459 in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11462 \begin_layout Standard
11463 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11464 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11465 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11466 set a line break, e.
11467 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11471 \begin_inset space \space{}
11474 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11475 \begin_inset space ~
11479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11481 reference "sec:Quote"
11486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11488 reference "sec:Verse"
11493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11495 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11502 \begin_layout Subsection
11504 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11506 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11511 \begin_inset Index idx
11514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11523 \begin_layout Standard
11525 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11536 \begin_layout Standard
11539 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11540 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11542 \begin_inset space ~
11547 you can insert horizontal lines.
11548 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11549 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11550 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11553 \begin_layout Standard
11555 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11566 \begin_layout Section
11567 Characters and Symbols
11570 \begin_layout Standard
11571 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11572 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11573 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11577 \begin_inset space \space{}
11580 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11582 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11588 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11592 for information on how this is done.
11595 \begin_layout Standard
11596 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11601 dialog via the menu
11603 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11604 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11610 \begin_layout Standard
11611 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11619 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11620 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11621 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11629 \begin_layout Section
11630 Fonts and Text Styles
11631 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11633 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11640 \begin_layout Subsection
11642 \begin_inset Index idx
11645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11654 \begin_layout Standard
11655 There are two types of fonts:
11658 \begin_layout Description
11660 \begin_inset space ~
11664 \begin_inset Index idx
11667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11673 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11674 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11678 characters) in the font.
11679 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11680 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11681 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11682 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11683 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11684 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11685 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11686 \begin_inset Newline newline
11689 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11690 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11691 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11692 sizes than at small ones.
11693 \begin_inset Newline newline
11707 \begin_inset space ~
11715 \begin_layout Description
11717 \begin_inset space ~
11721 \begin_inset Index idx
11724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11730 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11731 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11732 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11733 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11734 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11735 picture manipulation program.
11736 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11737 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11738 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11739 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11740 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11742 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11743 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11744 \begin_inset Newline newline
11747 Bitmap fonts are named
11750 \begin_inset space ~
11755 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11758 \begin_layout Standard
11759 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11760 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11761 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11762 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11763 use scalable fonts.
11766 \begin_layout Standard
11767 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11768 its document properties.
11771 \begin_layout Standard
11772 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11773 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11774 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11775 font to emphasize text, you use an
11776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11784 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11785 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11789 \begin_layout Subsection
11791 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11793 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11800 \begin_layout Standard
11801 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11802 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11803 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11805 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11806 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11807 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11808 to usual word processors.
11809 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11810 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11811 across different machines.
11812 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11813 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11815 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11817 \begin_inset space ~
11821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11823 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11828 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11829 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11833 \begin_layout Standard
11834 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11835 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11836 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11837 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11838 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11839 that is installed on your system.
11840 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11843 \begin_layout Standard
11844 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11852 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11853 es; so you might have to experiment.
11861 \begin_layout Standard
11862 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11870 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11871 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11879 \begin_layout Subsection
11880 Document Font and Font size
11881 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11883 name "sub:Document-Font"
11888 \begin_inset Index idx
11891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11898 \begin_inset Index idx
11901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11910 \begin_layout Standard
11911 You can set the document fonts in the
11913 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11917 \begin_inset Index idx
11920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11921 Document ! Settings
11931 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11932 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11935 \begin_inset space ~
11944 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11945 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11949 \begin_layout Standard
11956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11965 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11966 This requires that you use
11972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12011 as output format, i.
12012 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12016 \begin_inset space ~
12019 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
12020 \begin_inset space ~
12024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12026 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12031 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
12033 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
12035 \begin_inset space ~
12038 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12039 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12040 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12042 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12045 \begin_layout Standard
12046 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12051 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12056 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12057 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12064 \begin_inset space ~
12070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12083 European Computer Modern
12086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12093 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12096 \begin_layout Standard
12105 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12106 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12111 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12114 \begin_inset space ~
12119 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12125 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12126 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12129 \begin_layout Itemize
12133 \begin_inset space ~
12138 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12151 \begin_inset space ~
12156 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12160 as the default font.
12161 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12162 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12165 \begin_inset space ~
12178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12179 One difference is improved kerning.
12187 \begin_layout Itemize
12191 \begin_inset space ~
12195 \begin_inset space ~
12200 fonts in (the rare) case that
12203 \begin_inset space ~
12208 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12223 Virtual means that it
12224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12235 -glyphs from other fonts.
12236 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12258 Loading the LaTeX-package
12263 \begin_inset Index idx
12266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12267 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12272 with the document preamble line
12273 \begin_inset Newline newline
12280 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12281 \begin_inset Newline newline
12286 will fix the guillemet problem.
12291 and that accented characters are not
12295 glyph, but build of
12299 characters, the accent and the letter.
12300 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12306 If you search for example for the French word
12307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12314 in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches
12316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12323 and not for the glyph
12324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12328 \begin_inset space ~
12332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12338 \begin_layout Itemize
12339 If you do not like the look of
12347 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12348 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12352 \begin_inset space ~
12358 \begin_inset space ~
12368 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12369 \begin_inset space ~
12372 serif and typewriter fonts,
12376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12377 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12378 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12384 \begin_inset space ~
12393 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12394 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12398 \begin_inset space \space{}
12406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12410 \begin_inset space \space{}
12416 \begin_inset space ~
12424 \begin_inset space ~
12434 but you can also select your own.
12435 \begin_inset Newline newline
12438 The differences between roman,
12441 \begin_inset space ~
12450 fonts are explained in section
12451 \begin_inset space ~
12455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12457 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12462 \begin_inset Newline newline
12468 \begin_inset space ~
12473 was originally designed for newspapers.
12474 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
12475 into the small newspaper columns.
12479 \begin_inset space ~
12484 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12487 \begin_layout Standard
12488 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12501 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12506 depends on the class you are using.
12507 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12510 \begin_layout Standard
12511 Note that the font size is the
12516 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12517 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12518 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12521 \begin_inset space ~
12527 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12528 \begin_inset space ~
12532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12534 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12541 \begin_layout Standard
12546 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12548 \begin_inset space ~
12551 serif or typewriter.
12556 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12566 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12569 \begin_layout Standard
12578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12587 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12593 \begin_inset space ~
12597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12599 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12604 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12605 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12612 \begin_layout Standard
12613 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12615 Use Old Style Figures
12619 Use True Small Caps
12622 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12625 Use Old Style Figures
12627 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
12629 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12633 \begin_inset space ~
12636 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
12639 Use True Small Caps
12641 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12642 of scaled capitals.
12643 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12644 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12647 \begin_layout Standard
12652 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12653 a font to display the script characters.
12657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12658 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12663 So this has no effect for the document language
12679 \begin_layout Standard
12680 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12684 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12692 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12696 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12697 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12698 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12700 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12703 dialog, see section
12704 \begin_inset space ~
12708 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12710 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12722 \begin_layout Subsection
12723 Using Different Character Styles
12724 \begin_inset Index idx
12727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12734 \begin_inset Index idx
12737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12746 \begin_layout Standard
12747 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12748 certain paragraph environments.
12749 LyX supports two character styles,
12758 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12762 \begin_layout Standard
12767 style, do one of the following:
12770 \begin_layout Itemize
12771 click on the toolbar button
12780 \begin_layout Itemize
12781 use the key binding
12790 \begin_layout Standard
12791 These commands are all toggles.
12796 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12799 \begin_layout Standard
12800 One typically uses the
12804 style for proper names.
12806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12813 is the original author of LyX.
12814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12820 \begin_layout Standard
12821 A more widely used character style is the
12826 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12833 \begin_layout Itemize
12834 clicking on the toolbar button
12843 \begin_layout Itemize
12844 using the keybindings
12853 \begin_layout Standard
12858 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12859 es use a different font.
12862 \begin_layout Standard
12863 We've been using the
12867 style all over the place in this document.
12868 Here's one more example:
12871 \begin_layout Quotation
12874 Don't overuse character styles!
12877 \begin_layout Standard
12878 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12879 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12880 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12881 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12885 \begin_layout Standard
12886 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12894 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12896 \begin_inset space ~
12904 \begin_layout Subsection
12905 Fine-Tuning with the
12910 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12912 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12917 \begin_inset Index idx
12920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12929 \begin_layout Standard
12930 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12931 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12932 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12933 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12934 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12935 from ordinary dialog.
12938 \begin_layout Standard
12939 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12940 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12941 \begin_inset Newline newline
12944 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12945 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12948 \begin_layout Standard
12949 To use custom character styles, open the
12951 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12953 \begin_inset space ~
12956 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12959 dialog or press the toolbar button
12962 arg "dialog-show character"
12966 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12967 font property which you can choose.
12968 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12971 \begin_inset space ~
12976 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12981 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12982 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12983 environments in a snap.
12986 \begin_layout Standard
12987 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12990 \begin_inset space ~
13002 \begin_layout Labeling
13003 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13017 The possible options are:
13021 \begin_layout Labeling
13022 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13027 This is the Roman font family.
13028 Normally a serif font.
13029 It's also the default family.
13039 \begin_layout Labeling
13040 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13044 \begin_inset space ~
13051 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13063 \begin_layout Labeling
13064 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13071 This is the Typewriter font family.
13077 arg "font-typewriter"
13086 \begin_layout Labeling
13087 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13092 This corresponds to the print weight.
13097 \begin_layout Labeling
13098 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13103 This is the Medium font series.
13104 It's also the default series.
13107 \begin_layout Labeling
13108 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13115 This is the Bold font series.
13128 \begin_layout Labeling
13129 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13134 As the name implies.
13139 \begin_layout Labeling
13140 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13145 This is the Upright font shape.
13146 It's also the default shape.
13149 \begin_layout Labeling
13150 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13164 s the Italic font shape
13170 \begin_layout Labeling
13171 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13178 This is the Slanted font shape
13180 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13183 \begin_layout Labeling
13184 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13188 \begin_inset space ~
13195 This is the Small caps font shape
13202 \begin_layout Labeling
13203 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13208 Alters the size of the font.
13209 You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually
13210 proportional to the document font size.
13211 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13212 what you want to do.
13217 \begin_layout Labeling
13218 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13239 arg "font-size tiny"
13245 \begin_layout Labeling
13246 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13267 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13273 \begin_layout Labeling
13274 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13295 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13301 \begin_layout Labeling
13302 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13323 arg "font-size small"
13329 \begin_layout Labeling
13330 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13344 It's also the default size.
13348 arg "font-size normal"
13354 \begin_layout Labeling
13355 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13376 arg "font-size large"
13382 \begin_layout Labeling
13383 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13404 arg "font-size larger"
13410 \begin_layout Labeling
13411 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13432 arg "font-size largest"
13438 \begin_layout Labeling
13439 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13460 arg "font-size huge"
13466 \begin_layout Labeling
13467 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13488 arg "font-size giant"
13494 \begin_layout Labeling
13495 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13500 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13520 arg "font-size increase"
13526 \begin_layout Labeling
13527 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13532 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13552 arg "font-size decrease"
13559 \begin_layout Standard
13564 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13565 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13566 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13567 — use that instead.
13568 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13571 \begin_layout Labeling
13572 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13577 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13582 \begin_layout Labeling
13583 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13590 This is text with emphasize on
13593 This might seem like the same as
13597 , but it is actually a bit different.
13603 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13605 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13608 \begin_layout Labeling
13609 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13616 This is text with Underbar on.
13622 arg "font-underline"
13628 \begin_inset Newline newline
13633 Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
13634 when you could not change fonts.
13635 One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13636 This is only possible in LyX because some people
13640 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13643 \begin_layout Labeling
13644 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13648 \begin_inset space ~
13655 This is text with Double underbar on.
13661 arg "font-underunderline"
13665 \begin_inset Newline newline
13668 As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13669 about double underbar.
13672 \begin_layout Labeling
13673 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13677 \begin_inset space ~
13684 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13690 arg "font-underwave"
13694 \begin_inset Newline newline
13697 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13698 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13701 \begin_layout Labeling
13702 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13709 This is text with Strikeout on.
13715 arg "font-strikeout"
13719 \begin_inset Newline newline
13722 This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been
13723 changed in the meantime.
13726 \begin_layout Labeling
13727 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13734 This is text with Noun on.
13741 , this is a logical attribute.
13742 Normally it's equivalent to
13745 \begin_inset space ~
13754 \begin_layout Labeling
13755 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13760 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13761 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13765 \begin_inset space ~
13770 , which is the default
13771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13778 and means normally black, you can choose between
13811 \begin_inset Index idx
13814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13823 \begin_layout Labeling
13824 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13829 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13830 the language of the document.
13831 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13833 \begin_inset Newline newline
13836 If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, LaTeX respects
13837 the German hyphenation rules automatically.
13838 When using the spell checking (see section
13839 \begin_inset space ~
13843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13845 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
13849 ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
13852 \begin_layout Standard
13853 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13854 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13856 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13858 \begin_inset space ~
13863 dialog, the settings are saved.
13864 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13867 arg "textstyle-apply"
13871 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13876 \begin_layout Standard
13877 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13884 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13885 (suppose you just set the shape to
13886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13904 \begin_inset space ~
13916 \begin_layout Standard
13917 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13925 \begin_inset space ~
13937 \begin_layout Itemize
13943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13950 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13968 \begin_inset Newline newline
13972 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13986 \begin_inset Note Note
13989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13990 For more on phantoms see section
13991 \begin_inset space ~
13995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13997 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
14007 \begin_inset Newline newline
14013 \begin_layout Itemize
14018 fonts use characters with serifs.
14019 These are the small
14020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14027 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
14028 The following example will show the difference:
14029 \begin_inset Newline newline
14033 \begin_inset Newline newline
14038 text without serifs
14041 \begin_inset Newline newline
14044 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
14045 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
14052 \begin_layout Itemize
14058 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
14059 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14062 \begin_layout Standard
14063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14070 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14071 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14072 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14074 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
14075 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
14076 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
14078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14093 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14094 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14102 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14111 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14146 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14155 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14159 \begin_layout Standard
14160 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
14161 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14164 \begin_layout Section
14165 Printing and Previewing
14168 \begin_layout Subsection
14172 \begin_layout Standard
14173 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14174 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14175 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14176 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14177 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14179 Additional Features
14184 \begin_layout Standard
14185 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14186 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14187 confusion, we will only refer to LaTeX.
14188 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14189 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14190 This happens in two stages:
14193 \begin_layout Enumerate
14194 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14195 generating a file with the extension,
14196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14210 \begin_layout Enumerate
14211 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
14215 file to produce printable output.
14219 \begin_layout Subsection
14220 Output file formats
14221 \begin_inset Index idx
14224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14231 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14233 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14240 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14241 Simple text (ASCII)
14242 \begin_inset Index idx
14245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14246 File formats ! ASCII
14254 \begin_layout Standard
14255 This file type has the extension
14256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14268 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14272 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14279 \begin_layout Standard
14280 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
14282 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14283 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14285 \begin_inset space ~
14292 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14293 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14295 \begin_inset space ~
14299 \begin_inset space ~
14305 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14309 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14311 \begin_inset Index idx
14314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14315 File formats ! LaTeX
14323 \begin_layout Standard
14324 This file type has the extension
14325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14336 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14338 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14339 it manually with console commands.
14340 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14341 you view or export your document.
14344 \begin_layout Standard
14345 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
14347 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14348 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14363 The different LaTeX export variants are explained in section
14364 \begin_inset space ~
14368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14370 reference "sub:Export"
14377 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14379 \begin_inset Index idx
14382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14391 \begin_layout Standard
14392 This file type has the extension
14393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14413 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14414 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14415 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14419 \begin_layout Standard
14420 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
14421 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14422 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14423 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14425 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
14428 \begin_layout Standard
14429 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14431 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14432 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14437 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14438 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14440 \begin_inset space ~
14447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14457 The latter option uses the program
14466 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14467 font access (see section
14468 \begin_inset space ~
14472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14474 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14479 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14483 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14485 \begin_inset Index idx
14488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14489 File formats ! PostScript
14497 \begin_layout Standard
14498 This file type has the extension
14499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14511 PostScript was developed by the company
14515 as a printer language.
14516 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
14518 PostScript can be seen as a
14519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14522 programming language
14523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14526 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14531 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14537 \begin_inset Index idx
14540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14541 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14551 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14554 \begin_layout Standard
14555 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14559 Encapsulated PostScript
14560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14563 (EPS, file extension
14564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14576 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14577 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14579 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14582 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14583 \begin_inset space ~
14586 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
14587 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
14588 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14589 EPS to avoid this problem.
14592 \begin_layout Standard
14593 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14595 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14596 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14602 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14604 \begin_inset Index idx
14607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14614 \begin_inset Index idx
14617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14626 \begin_layout Standard
14627 This file type has the extension
14628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14644 Portable Document Format
14645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14652 was derived from PostScript.
14653 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14662 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14663 looks exactly the same.
14666 \begin_layout Standard
14667 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14671 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14675 (JPG, file extension
14676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14703 Portable Network Graphics
14704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14707 (PNG, file extension
14708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14720 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
14721 in the background to one of these formats.
14722 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14723 will slow down your workflow.
14724 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14727 \begin_layout Standard
14728 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14730 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14733 in three different ways:
14736 \begin_layout Description
14737 PDF This uses the program
14741 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14742 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14746 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14747 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14750 \begin_layout Description
14752 \begin_inset space ~
14755 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14759 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14763 \begin_layout Description
14765 \begin_inset space ~
14768 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14772 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14775 \begin_layout Description
14777 \begin_inset space ~
14784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14791 X) This uses the program
14795 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14800 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14801 font access (see section
14802 \begin_inset space ~
14806 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14808 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14813 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
14814 y written Japanese.
14817 \begin_layout Description
14819 \begin_inset space ~
14826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14833 X) This uses the program
14837 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14842 is an even newer engine, derived from
14846 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14847 access (see section
14848 \begin_inset space ~
14852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14854 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14859 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14863 \begin_layout Standard
14864 We recommend to use
14867 \begin_inset space ~
14876 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14877 works without problems.
14878 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14879 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14883 \begin_inset space ~
14890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14902 \begin_inset space ~
14909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14918 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14926 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14928 \begin_inset Index idx
14931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14932 FileFormats ! XHTML
14938 \begin_inset Index idx
14941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14950 \begin_layout Standard
14951 This file type has the extension
14952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14964 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14965 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14966 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14967 suitable for the purpose.
14968 For the math output you can choose in the menu
14970 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14971 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14974 between different formats, that are described in section
14976 Math Output in XHTML
14981 \begin_inset space ~
14989 \begin_layout Standard
14990 XHTML output remains
14991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14998 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
15001 LyX and the World Wide Web
15005 Additional Features
15007 manual, for more information.
15010 \begin_layout Standard
15011 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
15013 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15014 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15020 \begin_layout Subsection
15022 \begin_inset Index idx
15025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15034 \begin_layout Standard
15035 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
15036 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
15045 or the toolbar button
15052 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
15053 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
15054 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15060 reference "sec:File-Formats"
15064 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
15066 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15072 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
15077 Further output formats can be selected via
15079 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15082 or the toolbar button
15083 \begin_inset Graphics
15084 filename ../images/view-others.png
15086 groupId toolbarbuttons
15093 \begin_layout Standard
15094 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15095 viewer window using the menu
15097 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15102 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15103 Update (Other Formats)
15108 \begin_layout Standard
15109 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15111 To have a real output, export your document.
15114 \begin_layout Subsection
15115 Printing the File from within LyX
15116 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15118 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15125 \begin_layout Standard
15126 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15127 it directly from within LyX.
15128 To print a file, select the menu
15130 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15133 or click on the toolbar button
15136 arg "dialog-show print"
15140 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15141 This file is then processed by the program
15145 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15150 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15153 \begin_layout Standard
15154 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15155 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15156 printing one set to print on the other side.
15157 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15158 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15159 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15162 \begin_layout Standard
15163 You can set the parameters in the
15166 \begin_inset space ~
15174 \begin_layout Labeling
15175 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15180 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15185 Note that this printer name is for the program
15194 has to be configured for this printer name.
15195 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15196 \begin_inset space ~
15200 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15202 reference "sub:Printer"
15211 The printer should understand PostScript.
15214 \begin_layout Labeling
15215 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15220 The name of a file to print to.
15221 The output will be a PostScript file.
15222 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15226 \begin_layout Section
15227 A few Words about Typography
15228 \begin_inset Index idx
15231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15240 \begin_layout Subsection
15242 \begin_inset Index idx
15245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15254 \begin_layout Standard
15256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15267 character comes in four lengths: the
15279 , and the minus sign:
15280 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15286 \begin_layout Standard
15287 \begin_inset Tabular
15288 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15289 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15290 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15291 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15292 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15293 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15322 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15362 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15387 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15389 \begin_inset space ~
15392 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15399 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15424 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15426 \begin_inset space ~
15429 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15450 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15484 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15490 \begin_layout Standard
15491 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15503 character multiple times in a row.
15504 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15505 the final output, but not in LyX.
15507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15511 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15523 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15527 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15537 \begin_layout Standard
15538 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15539 math mode and has a length of its own.
15540 Here are some examples of the
15541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15555 \begin_layout Enumerate
15556 line- and page-breaks
15557 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15567 \begin_layout Enumerate
15569 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15579 \begin_layout Enumerate
15580 Oh — there's a dash.
15581 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15591 \begin_layout Enumerate
15592 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15596 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15606 \begin_layout Subsection
15608 \begin_inset Index idx
15611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15618 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15620 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15627 \begin_layout Standard
15628 Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15629 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15634 \begin_inset Index idx
15637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15638 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15643 following the rules of the document language.
15646 \begin_layout Standard
15647 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15652 font and with unusual constructs, like
15653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15661 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
15663 This is done with the menu
15665 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15666 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15668 \begin_inset space ~
15674 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15675 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15678 \begin_layout Standard
15679 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15680 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15690 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15698 as a hyphenation possibility.
15699 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15700 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15701 as described in section
15702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15705 Prevent Hyphenation
15706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15712 \begin_inset space ~
15720 \begin_layout Subsection
15722 \begin_inset Index idx
15725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15734 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15735 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15736 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15738 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15745 \begin_layout Standard
15746 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15747 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15748 LaTeX then adds the
15749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15752 appropriate amount of space
15753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15757 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15759 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15762 \begin_layout Standard
15763 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15764 not work in all cases.
15766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15777 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15778 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15781 \begin_layout Standard
15782 Here are some examples of
15786 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15789 \begin_layout Itemize
15794 \begin_layout Itemize
15799 \begin_layout Standard
15800 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15803 \begin_layout Itemize
15805 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15809 this is too much space!
15812 \begin_layout Itemize
15817 \begin_layout Standard
15818 You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15821 \begin_layout Standard
15822 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15825 \begin_layout Enumerate
15829 \begin_inset space ~
15834 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15835 \begin_inset space ~
15839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15841 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15846 \begin_inset Index idx
15849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15850 Spaces ! inter-word
15858 \begin_layout Enumerate
15862 \begin_inset space ~
15867 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15868 \begin_inset space ~
15872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15874 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15879 \begin_inset Index idx
15882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15891 \begin_layout Enumerate
15895 \begin_inset space ~
15899 \begin_inset space ~
15903 \begin_inset space ~
15910 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15912 \begin_inset space ~
15917 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15918 This function is also bound to
15921 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15927 \begin_layout Standard
15928 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15931 \begin_layout Itemize
15933 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15937 \begin_inset space \space{}
15940 this is too much space!
15943 \begin_layout Itemize
15944 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15948 \begin_layout Standard
15949 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15950 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15951 will take care of this.
15954 \begin_layout Standard
15955 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15959 \begin_inset space ~
15964 feature described in section
15970 Additional Features
15975 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15977 \begin_inset Index idx
15980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15981 Typography ! Quotes
15987 \begin_inset Index idx
15990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16021 \begin_layout Standard
16022 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
16023 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
16024 and use a closing quote at the end.
16026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16034 The keyboard character,
16038 , generates this automatically.
16041 \begin_layout Standard
16042 You can specify what character the
16046 key produces using the submenu
16052 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16056 \begin_inset Index idx
16059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16060 Document ! Settings
16070 There are six choices:
16073 \begin_layout Labeling
16074 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16086 Use quotes like this
16087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16097 \begin_layout Labeling
16098 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16101 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16105 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16111 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16115 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16121 \begin_layout Labeling
16122 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16125 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16129 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16135 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16139 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16145 \begin_layout Labeling
16146 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16149 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16153 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16159 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16163 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16169 \begin_layout Labeling
16170 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16173 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16177 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16183 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16187 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16193 \begin_layout Labeling
16194 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16197 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16201 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16207 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16211 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16217 \begin_layout Subsection
16219 \begin_inset Index idx
16222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16223 Typography ! Ligatures
16229 \begin_inset Index idx
16232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16261 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16263 name "sub:Ligatures"
16270 \begin_layout Standard
16271 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16272 print them as single characters.
16273 These groups are known as
16278 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16280 Here are the standard ligatures:
16283 \begin_layout Itemize
16287 \begin_layout Itemize
16291 \begin_layout Itemize
16295 \begin_layout Itemize
16299 \begin_layout Itemize
16303 \begin_layout Standard
16304 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16307 \begin_layout Standard
16308 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16309 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16317 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16333 To break a ligature, use
16335 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16336 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16338 \begin_inset space ~
16345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16356 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16373 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16381 \begin_layout Subsection
16383 \begin_inset Index idx
16386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16393 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16395 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16402 \begin_layout Standard
16403 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16404 characters in different sizes and heights.
16405 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16406 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16426 \begin_inset Note Note
16429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16430 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16438 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16439 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16444 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16448 \begin_layout Description
16449 LyX The name of the game, write
16450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16471 \begin_layout Description
16472 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16494 \begin_layout Description
16495 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16517 \begin_layout Description
16518 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16540 \begin_layout Standard
16541 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16546 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16554 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16555 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16556 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16559 : The actual version is
16560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16567 , the previous one was
16568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16578 \begin_layout Standard
16579 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16580 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16584 \begin_inset space \space{}
16587 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16589 This will look in LyX like:
16590 \begin_inset Graphics
16591 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16597 \begin_inset Newline newline
16600 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16601 \begin_inset space ~
16605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16607 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16614 \begin_layout Subsection
16616 \begin_inset Index idx
16619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16628 \begin_layout Standard
16629 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16630 space between two words.
16631 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16641 for units use the menu
16643 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16644 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16646 \begin_inset space ~
16654 arg "space-insert thin"
16660 \begin_layout Standard
16661 Here is an example to show the differences:
16664 \begin_layout Standard
16665 \begin_inset Tabular
16666 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16667 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16668 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16669 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16676 \begin_inset space ~
16680 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16692 space between number and unit
16699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16704 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16708 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16720 half space between number and unit
16733 \begin_layout Subsection
16735 \begin_inset Index idx
16738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16739 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16747 \begin_layout Standard
16748 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16750 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16751 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16752 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16753 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16754 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16755 These bits of text became known as
16766 \begin_layout Standard
16767 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16768 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16769 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16770 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16771 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16772 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16773 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16776 \begin_layout Standard
16777 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16778 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16779 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
16780 \begin_inset space ~
16784 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16786 key "latexcompanion"
16791 \begin_inset space ~
16795 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16801 ) may have more information.
16802 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16805 \begin_layout Chapter
16806 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16807 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16809 name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
16816 \begin_layout Standard
16817 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16820 \begin_inset space ~
16826 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16829 \begin_layout Section
16831 \begin_inset Index idx
16834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16841 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16850 \begin_layout Standard
16851 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16854 \begin_layout Description
16856 \begin_inset space ~
16859 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16860 \begin_inset Newline newline
16864 \begin_inset Note Note
16867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16868 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16876 \begin_layout Description
16877 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16878 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16880 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16881 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16883 \begin_inset space ~
16889 \begin_inset Newline newline
16893 \begin_inset Note Comment
16896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16897 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16905 \begin_layout Description
16907 \begin_inset space ~
16910 Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
16911 set in the document settings under
16913 Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16915 \begin_inset space ~
16921 \begin_inset Newline newline
16925 \begin_inset Newline newline
16929 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16938 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16939 In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
16944 of a comment that appears in the output.
16950 \begin_inset Newline newline
16954 \begin_inset Newline newline
16957 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16958 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16961 \begin_layout Standard
16962 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16970 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16974 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16977 \begin_layout Section
16979 \begin_inset Index idx
16982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16989 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16991 name "sec:Footnotes"
16998 \begin_layout Standard
16999 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
17002 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17005 or the toolbar button
17008 arg "footnote-insert"
17020 \begin_inset Graphics
17021 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
17030 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
17040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17059 label, the box will
17063 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17064 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17077 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
17093 \begin_layout Standard
17094 Here is an example footnote:
17102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17103 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17111 \begin_layout Standard
17112 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17113 position where the footnote box is placed.
17114 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17115 The footnote number is calculated by LyX.
17116 The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
17118 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other
17119 schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
17124 ey are described in the
17127 \begin_inset space ~
17135 \begin_layout Section
17137 \begin_inset Index idx
17140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17147 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17149 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17156 \begin_layout Standard
17157 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17158 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17160 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17162 \begin_inset space ~
17167 or the toolbar button
17170 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17196 appearing within your text.
17197 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17206 \begin_layout Standard
17207 At the side is an example marginal note.
17211 \begin_inset Marginal
17214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17215 This is a marginal note.
17223 \begin_layout Standard
17224 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17225 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17226 pages, right on odd pages.
17229 \begin_layout Standard
17230 For further information about marginal notes see section
17233 \begin_inset space ~
17241 \begin_inset space ~
17249 \begin_layout Section
17250 Graphics and Images
17251 \begin_inset Index idx
17254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17261 \begin_inset Index idx
17264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17271 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17273 name "sec:Graphics"
17280 \begin_layout Standard
17281 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17282 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17285 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17290 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17294 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17297 \begin_layout Standard
17298 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17303 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17304 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17306 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17307 \begin_inset space ~
17311 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17313 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17320 \begin_layout Standard
17325 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17326 of the image in the output.
17327 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17331 \begin_inset space ~
17335 \begin_inset space ~
17344 \begin_inset space ~
17348 \begin_inset space ~
17352 \begin_inset space ~
17357 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17358 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17366 \begin_layout Standard
17369 LaTeX and LyX options
17371 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17372 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17376 \begin_inset space ~
17381 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17382 with the image size is printed.
17386 \begin_inset space ~
17390 \begin_inset space ~
17394 \begin_inset space ~
17399 is explained in the
17402 \begin_inset space ~
17414 \begin_layout Standard
17415 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17416 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
17418 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17422 \begin_layout Standard
17424 \begin_inset Graphics
17425 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17433 \begin_layout Standard
17434 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
17435 the image into a float, see section
17436 \begin_inset space ~
17440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17442 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17449 \begin_layout Subsection
17451 \begin_inset Index idx
17454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17461 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17463 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17470 \begin_layout Standard
17471 You can insert images in any known file format.
17472 But as we explained in section
17473 \begin_inset space ~
17477 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17479 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17483 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17484 LyX uses therefore the program
17488 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17489 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17490 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17491 \begin_inset space ~
17495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17497 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17504 \begin_layout Standard
17505 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17508 \begin_layout Description
17510 \begin_inset space ~
17513 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17514 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17515 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17519 Graphics Interchange Format
17520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17523 (GIF, file extension
17524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17536 \begin_inset Index idx
17539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17571 Portable Network Graphics
17572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17575 (PNG, file extension
17576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17588 \begin_inset Index idx
17591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17623 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17627 (JPG, file extension
17628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17652 \begin_inset Index idx
17655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17686 \begin_layout Description
17688 \begin_inset space ~
17691 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17693 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17694 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17695 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17696 \begin_inset Newline newline
17699 Scalable image formats can be
17700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17703 Scalable Vector Graphics
17704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17707 (SVG, file extension
17708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17720 \begin_inset Index idx
17723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17755 Encapsulated PostScript
17756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17759 (EPS, file extension
17760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17772 \begin_inset Index idx
17775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17807 Portable Document Format
17808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17811 (PDF, file extension
17812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17824 \begin_inset Index idx
17827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17834 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17835 or EPS and the result will not be scalable.
17836 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17842 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17850 \begin_layout Standard
17851 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17855 \begin_layout Subsection
17856 Grouping of Image Settings
17857 \begin_inset Index idx
17860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17861 Images ! Settings grouping
17869 \begin_layout Standard
17870 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17872 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17873 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17875 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17876 need to manually change each of them.
17880 \begin_layout Standard
17881 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17884 \begin_inset space ~
17889 field in the Graphics dialog.
17890 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17891 by checking the name of the desired group.
17894 \begin_layout Section
17896 \begin_inset Index idx
17899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17906 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17915 \begin_layout Standard
17916 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17919 arg "tabular-insert"
17924 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17928 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17929 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17930 from the rest of the table.
17931 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17932 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17934 Here is an example table:
17937 \begin_layout Standard
17939 \begin_inset Tabular
17940 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17941 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17942 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17943 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17944 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17945 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18145 \begin_layout Subsection
18149 \begin_layout Standard
18150 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
18151 brings up the table dialog.
18152 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
18153 where the cursor is placed currently.
18154 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18155 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18156 done on all of your selection.
18159 \begin_layout Standard
18160 Additionally to the table dialog, the
18163 \begin_inset space ~
18168 helps you in setting table properties.
18169 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
18172 \begin_layout Standard
18176 \begin_inset space ~
18181 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18182 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18183 current cell respectively.
18184 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18186 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18187 of text, see section
18188 \begin_inset space ~
18192 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18194 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18201 \begin_layout Standard
18202 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18203 using the check box
18212 This will merge the cells to
18216 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18217 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18218 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18219 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18220 in the last row without the upper border:
18223 \begin_layout Standard
18225 \begin_inset Tabular
18226 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18227 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18228 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18229 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18230 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18231 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18242 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18251 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18327 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18362 \begin_layout Standard
18363 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18364 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18365 explained in the tables section of the
18368 \begin_inset space ~
18374 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18375 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18378 degrees counterclockwise.
18379 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
18382 \begin_layout Standard
18383 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18391 Most DVI-viewers are
18395 able to display rotations.
18403 \begin_layout Standard
18408 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18413 adds lines for all cell borders.
18416 \begin_layout Subsection
18418 \begin_inset Index idx
18421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18422 Tables ! Longtables
18428 \begin_inset Index idx
18431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18440 \begin_layout Standard
18441 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18444 \begin_inset space ~
18448 \begin_inset space ~
18457 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18458 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18461 \begin_layout Description
18466 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18467 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18468 except for the first page, if
18471 \begin_inset space ~
18479 \begin_layout Description
18483 \begin_inset space ~
18488 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18489 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18492 \begin_layout Description
18497 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18498 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18499 except for the last page, if
18502 \begin_inset space ~
18510 \begin_layout Description
18514 \begin_inset space ~
18519 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18520 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18523 \begin_layout Description
18524 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18525 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18527 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18531 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18534 \begin_inset space ~
18542 \begin_layout Standard
18543 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18544 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18545 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18546 The others will then be defined as
18551 In this context, first means first in this order:
18554 \begin_inset space ~
18566 \begin_inset space ~
18572 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18575 \begin_layout Standard
18577 \begin_inset Tabular
18578 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18579 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18580 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18581 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18582 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18583 <row endfirsthead="true">
18584 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18590 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18595 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18604 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18614 <row endfirsthead="true">
18615 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18626 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18635 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18647 <row endhead="true">
18648 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18659 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18668 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18678 <row endhead="true">
18679 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18690 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18699 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18711 <row endfoot="true">
18712 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18723 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18732 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18763 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19704 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19713 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19722 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19733 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19764 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19795 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19826 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19857 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19888 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19919 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19950 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19981 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20012 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20043 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20074 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20105 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20136 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20167 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20198 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20229 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20260 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20291 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20322 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20353 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20384 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20415 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20446 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20477 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20508 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20539 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20570 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20601 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20632 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20663 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20693 <row endlastfoot="true">
20694 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20705 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20714 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20731 \begin_layout Subsection
20733 \begin_inset Index idx
20736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20743 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20745 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20752 \begin_layout Standard
20753 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20754 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20755 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20756 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20760 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20761 for the cell's paragraph.
20764 \begin_layout Standard
20765 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20766 for the column in the table dialog.
20767 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20768 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20772 \begin_layout Standard
20774 \begin_inset Tabular
20775 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20776 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20777 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20778 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20779 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20799 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20868 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20924 This is longer now.
20929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20980 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20981 This is longer now.
20986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21012 \begin_layout Standard
21013 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
21014 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
21018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21019 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
21020 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
21026 Selection with the mouse or with
21030 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
21031 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
21032 the selection from outside the table.
21035 \begin_layout Section
21037 \begin_inset Index idx
21040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21047 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21056 \begin_layout Subsection
21060 \begin_layout Standard
21061 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
21062 have a fixed location.
21064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21071 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
21079 \begin_inset space ~
21084 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21085 too many notes on the page.
21088 \begin_layout Standard
21089 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21090 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21091 and pages without text.
21092 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
21093 , every float can be referenced in the text.
21094 Floats are therefore numbered.
21095 Referencing is described in section
21096 \begin_inset space ~
21100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21102 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21109 \begin_layout Standard
21110 To insert a float, use the menu
21112 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21116 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
21117 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21119 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21120 \begin_inset Index idx
21123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21129 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21130 paragraph within the float.
21131 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21132 by left-clicking on the box label.
21133 A closed float box looks like this:
21134 \begin_inset Graphics
21135 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21140 – a gray button with a red label.
21143 \begin_layout Standard
21144 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21145 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21148 \begin_layout Subsection
21152 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21154 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21156 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
21161 \begin_inset Index idx
21164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21165 Floats ! Figure floats
21173 \begin_layout Standard
21175 \begin_inset space ~
21179 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21181 reference "cap:Platypus"
21185 was created using the menu
21187 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21188 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21191 or the toolbar button
21194 arg "float-insert figure"
21198 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
21201 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21204 or the toolbar button
21207 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
21211 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
21212 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
21214 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21216 \begin_inset space ~
21221 or the toolbar button
21224 arg "layout-paragraph"
21230 \begin_layout Standard
21231 \begin_inset Float figure
21236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21238 \begin_inset Graphics
21239 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21249 \begin_inset Caption
21251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21252 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21254 name "cap:Platypus"
21258 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21271 \begin_layout Standard
21272 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21274 As described in section
21275 \begin_inset space ~
21279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21281 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21285 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
21287 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21290 or the toolbar button
21296 and refer to it using the menu
21298 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21301 or the toolbar button
21304 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21308 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21317 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21329 \begin_layout Standard
21330 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21331 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21332 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21333 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21334 as described in section
21335 \begin_inset space ~
21339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21341 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21347 \begin_inset space ~
21351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21353 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21357 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21358 You can also set the images one below the other.
21360 \begin_inset space ~
21364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21366 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21373 reference "fig:Platypus"
21377 are the subfigures.
21380 \begin_layout Standard
21381 \begin_inset Float figure
21386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21387 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21391 \begin_inset Float figure
21396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21397 \begin_inset Caption
21399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21402 name "fig:Undefinable"
21414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21415 \begin_inset Graphics
21416 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21427 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21431 \begin_inset Float figure
21436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21437 \begin_inset Caption
21439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21440 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21442 name "fig:Platypus"
21454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21455 \begin_inset Graphics
21456 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21468 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21475 \begin_inset Caption
21477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21478 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21480 name "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21484 Two distorted images.
21497 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21499 \begin_inset Index idx
21502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21503 Floats ! Table floats
21511 \begin_layout Standard
21512 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21514 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21515 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21518 or the toolbar botton
21521 arg "float-insert table"
21525 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21528 \begin_inset space ~
21532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21534 reference "tab:Table-float"
21541 \begin_layout Standard
21542 \begin_inset Float table
21547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21548 \begin_inset Caption
21550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21551 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21553 name "tab:Table-float"
21565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21567 \begin_inset Tabular
21568 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21569 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21570 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21571 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21572 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21699 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21720 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21723 \end{array}\right]$
21731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21744 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21765 \begin_layout Subsection
21767 \begin_inset Index idx
21770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21779 \begin_layout Standard
21780 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21781 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21782 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21784 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21792 \begin_inset space ~
21800 \begin_layout Section
21802 \begin_inset Index idx
21805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21812 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21814 name "sec:Minipages"
21821 \begin_layout Standard
21822 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21824 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21825 \begin_inset space ~
21832 \begin_layout Standard
21833 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21835 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21839 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21840 and its alignment within the page.
21843 \begin_layout Standard
21845 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21855 height_special "totalheight"
21858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21861 This is a minipage.
21862 The text is set in an italic style.
21865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21868 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21869 another formatting.
21877 \begin_layout Standard
21878 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21881 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21885 as described in section
21886 \begin_inset space ~
21890 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21892 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21897 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21903 \begin_layout Standard
21904 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21914 height_special "totalheight"
21917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21918 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21919 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21925 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21929 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21939 height_special "totalheight"
21942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21943 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21944 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21952 \begin_layout Standard
21953 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21959 \begin_layout Standard
21960 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21961 to other box types.
21962 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21969 \begin_inset space ~
21977 \begin_layout Chapter
21978 Mathematical Formulas
21979 \begin_inset Index idx
21982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21989 \begin_inset Index idx
21992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22021 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22023 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
22030 \begin_layout Standard
22031 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22036 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22039 \begin_layout Section
22041 \begin_inset Index idx
22044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22053 \begin_layout Standard
22054 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22061 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22063 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22064 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22065 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22067 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22073 \begin_layout Standard
22074 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22078 \begin_inset space ~
22083 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22086 \begin_layout Standard
22087 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22088 line, like this one:
22091 \begin_layout Standard
22092 This is a line with an inline formula
22093 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22099 \begin_layout Standard
22100 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22102 \begin_inset Formula
22109 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22112 \begin_layout Standard
22113 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22115 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22119 \begin_inset space \space{}
22123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22136 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22137 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22141 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22144 \begin_inset space ~
22152 \begin_layout Subsection
22153 Navigating in Formulas
22154 \begin_inset Index idx
22157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22166 \begin_layout Standard
22167 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22168 achieved with the arrow keys.
22169 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22170 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22175 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22176 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22180 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22184 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22187 \end{array}\right]$
22195 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22200 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22201 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22204 \begin_layout Standard
22209 , printed in this document as
22210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22231 \begin_inset Note Note
22234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22235 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22236 space character (visible space).
22241 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22242 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22243 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22248 For example, if you want
22249 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22303 , since in the latter case only the
22306 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22311 will be under the square root sign:
22312 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22318 \begin_layout Standard
22319 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22321 \begin_inset Formula
22323 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22332 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22333 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22336 \begin_layout Subsection
22340 \begin_layout Standard
22341 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22342 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22346 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22347 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22348 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22349 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22350 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22353 \begin_layout Subsection
22354 Exponents and Subscripts
22355 \begin_inset Index idx
22358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22365 \begin_inset Index idx
22368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22377 \begin_layout Standard
22378 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22379 way is to use a command.
22381 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22384 , type in a formula
22390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22406 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22412 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22416 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22437 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22446 , you have to use an extra
22450 to separate the hat and the character.
22452 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22456 \begin_inset space \space{}
22460 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22481 Subscripts are similar: To get
22482 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22505 \begin_layout Subsection
22507 \begin_inset Index idx
22510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22519 \begin_layout Standard
22520 Create a fraction with either the command
22527 \begin_inset Graphics
22528 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22536 \begin_inset space ~
22542 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22543 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22544 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22549 To move back up, press
22554 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22555 \begin_inset Formula
22557 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22560 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22568 \begin_layout Subsection
22570 \begin_inset Index idx
22573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22582 \begin_layout Standard
22583 Roots can be created using the
22586 \begin_inset space ~
22592 \begin_inset Graphics
22593 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22595 groupId toolbarbuttons
22618 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22624 produces always a square root.
22627 \begin_layout Subsection
22628 Operators with Limits
22629 \begin_inset Index idx
22632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22639 \begin_inset Index idx
22642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22649 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22651 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22658 \begin_layout Standard
22660 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22664 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22667 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22668 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22669 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22670 The sum operator will automatically place its
22671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22678 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22681 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22685 \begin_inset Formula
22687 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22692 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22696 \begin_layout Standard
22697 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22699 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22700 behind the operator and hitting
22708 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22709 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22711 \begin_inset space ~
22715 \begin_inset space ~
22723 \begin_layout Standard
22724 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22732 feature as addition, such as
22733 \begin_inset Index idx
22736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22743 \begin_inset Formula
22745 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22750 which will place the
22751 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22763 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22764 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22770 \begin_layout Standard
22771 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22778 Have a look at section
22779 \begin_inset space ~
22783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22785 reference "sub:Functions"
22789 for an explanation of function macros.
22792 \begin_layout Subsection
22794 \begin_inset Index idx
22797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22806 \begin_layout Standard
22807 Most math symbols can be found in the
22810 \begin_inset space ~
22815 under one of several categories; including
22832 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22836 \begin_layout Standard
22837 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22838 you don't have to use the
22841 \begin_inset space ~
22846 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22847 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22850 \begin_layout Subsection
22852 \begin_inset Index idx
22855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22864 \begin_layout Standard
22865 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22870 arg "space-insert protected"
22876 \begin_inset space ~
22882 \begin_inset Graphics
22883 filename ../images/math/space.png
22885 groupId toolbarbuttons
22890 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22891 For example, the sequence
22896 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22900 \begin_inset Graphics
22901 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22906 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22907 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22908 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22909 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22911 Here are two examples:
22914 \begin_layout Standard
22924 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22930 \begin_layout Standard
22940 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22946 \begin_layout Subsection
22948 \begin_inset Index idx
22951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22958 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22960 name "sub:Functions"
22967 \begin_layout Standard
22971 \begin_inset space ~
22976 contains under the button
22977 \begin_inset Graphics
22978 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22980 groupId toolbarbuttons
22984 a number of function macros, such as
22985 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22989 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22997 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23004 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23005 avoid confusions, because
23006 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23010 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23016 \begin_layout Standard
23017 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23019 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23023 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23029 \begin_layout Standard
23030 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23031 s are placed, as described in section
23032 \begin_inset space ~
23036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23038 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23045 \begin_layout Subsection
23047 \begin_inset Index idx
23050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23059 \begin_layout Standard
23060 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23062 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23063 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23064 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23068 \begin_inset space \space{}
23072 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23075 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23076 Our example is entered by typing
23084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23097 \begin_inset space ~
23101 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23103 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23107 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23110 \begin_layout Standard
23111 \begin_inset Float table
23116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23117 \begin_inset Caption
23119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23120 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23122 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23126 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23136 \begin_inset Tabular
23137 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23138 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23139 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23140 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23141 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23225 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23279 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23333 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23387 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23441 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23495 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23549 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23603 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23657 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23702 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23723 \begin_layout Standard
23724 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23727 \begin_inset space ~
23733 \begin_inset Graphics
23734 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23736 groupId toolbarbuttons
23740 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23744 \begin_layout Section
23745 Brackets and Delimiters
23746 \begin_inset Index idx
23749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23756 \begin_inset Index idx
23759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23766 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23768 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23775 \begin_layout Standard
23776 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23777 For most purposes, using just the keys
23782 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23783 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23784 toolbar delimiter icon
23787 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23791 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23793 \begin_inset Formula
23795 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23803 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23804 \begin_inset Formula
23806 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23814 \begin_layout Standard
23815 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23816 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23819 \begin_layout Standard
23820 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23821 left side and right side.
23822 If you use the option
23825 \begin_inset space ~
23830 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23831 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23832 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23833 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23836 \begin_layout Standard
23837 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23838 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23839 inside the brackets.
23840 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23845 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23848 \begin_layout Section
23849 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23850 \begin_inset Index idx
23853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23860 \begin_inset Index idx
23863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23870 \begin_inset Index idx
23873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23874 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23882 \begin_layout Standard
23883 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23886 \begin_inset space ~
23892 \begin_inset Graphics
23893 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23895 groupId toolbarbuttons
23900 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23901 Here is an example:
23902 \begin_inset Formula
23904 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23913 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23914 \begin_inset space ~
23918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23920 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23925 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23926 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23927 This alignment is set in the box
23932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23980 for every column as default.
23981 For example, the sequence
23982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23993 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23994 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23995 corresponds to the relevant column.
23996 The result will look like this:
23997 \begin_inset Formula
24000 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24001 column & has & has\, right\\
24002 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24011 \begin_layout Standard
24012 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24015 arg "newline-insert newline"
24018 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24019 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24021 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24024 or the math toolbar.
24027 \begin_layout Standard
24028 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24029 It can be created with the menu
24031 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24032 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24034 \begin_inset space ~
24046 Here is an example:
24047 \begin_inset Formula
24061 \begin_layout Standard
24062 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24065 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24068 arg "newline-insert newline"
24072 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24077 arg "newline-insert newline"
24080 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24088 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24089 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24090 A new row is created by every further hit of
24093 arg "newline-insert newline"
24097 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24098 Here is an example:
24099 \begin_inset Formula
24101 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24102 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24107 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24108 where you want to start the shift and hit
24113 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24114 position to the next column.
24115 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24116 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24117 \begin_inset Formula
24119 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24127 \begin_layout Standard
24128 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24135 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24136 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24139 reference "eq:asquared"
24144 The other types are described in section
24145 \begin_inset space ~
24149 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24151 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24158 \begin_layout Section
24159 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24160 \begin_inset Index idx
24163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24164 Math ! Formula numbering
24170 \begin_inset Index idx
24173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24174 Math ! Referencing formulas
24180 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24182 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24189 \begin_layout Standard
24190 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24192 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24193 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24195 \begin_inset space ~
24203 arg "math-number-toggle"
24207 The formula number appears in LyX as
24208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24215 within parentheses.
24217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24224 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24226 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24227 the document class.
24228 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24229 separated by a dot:
24230 \begin_inset Formula
24240 arg "math-number-toggle"
24243 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24244 You can only number displayed formulas.
24247 \begin_layout Standard
24248 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24250 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24251 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24253 \begin_inset space ~
24257 \begin_inset space ~
24261 \begin_inset space ~
24269 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24272 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24273 \begin_inset Formula
24276 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24282 To number all lines use the shortcut
24285 arg "math-number-toggle"
24291 \begin_layout Standard
24292 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24295 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24296 A label is inserted with the menu
24298 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24301 when the cursor is in the formula.
24302 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24303 It is recommended to use the proposed
24304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24315 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24316 type when you have many labels in your document.
24317 We inserted in the following example the label
24318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24325 in the second line:
24326 \begin_inset Formula
24328 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24329 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24334 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24335 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24345 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24347 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24349 \begin_inset space ~
24355 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24356 The reference appears in LyX as a gray cross reference box and in the output
24357 as the formula number:
24360 \begin_layout Standard
24361 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24364 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24371 \begin_layout Standard
24372 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24373 \begin_inset space ~
24377 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24379 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24384 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24387 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24390 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24395 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24403 \begin_layout Section
24404 User defined math macros
24405 \begin_inset Index idx
24408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24417 \begin_layout Standard
24418 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24419 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24420 Math macros are explained in section
24423 \begin_inset space ~
24435 \begin_layout Section
24439 \begin_layout Subsection
24441 \begin_inset Index idx
24444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24453 \begin_layout Standard
24454 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24455 To set a font in a formula, use the
24458 \begin_inset space ~
24464 \begin_inset Graphics
24465 filename ../images/math/font.png
24467 groupId toolbarbuttons
24471 , or enter its command, listed in table
24472 \begin_inset space ~
24476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24478 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24485 \begin_layout Standard
24486 \begin_inset Float table
24491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24492 \begin_inset Caption
24494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24495 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24497 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24501 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24511 \begin_inset Tabular
24512 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24513 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24514 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24515 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24547 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24574 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24601 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24634 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24661 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24688 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24722 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24749 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24783 \begin_layout Standard
24784 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24792 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24808 \begin_layout Standard
24809 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24810 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24815 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24816 space when you need a space in the box.
24817 Here an example where
24818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24829 denotes the set of numbers:
24830 \begin_inset Formula
24832 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24840 \begin_layout Standard
24841 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24843 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24847 \begin_inset space \space{}
24859 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24863 \begin_inset Newline newline
24866 So it is better not to use this feature.
24869 \begin_layout Standard
24870 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24871 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24875 \begin_inset Newline newline
24878 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24884 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24885 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24891 \begin_layout Standard
24898 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24901 \begin_layout Standard
24902 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24904 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24905 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24907 \begin_inset space ~
24915 \begin_layout Subsection
24917 \begin_inset Index idx
24920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24929 \begin_layout Standard
24930 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24932 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24936 \begin_inset space ~
24940 \begin_inset space ~
24948 \begin_inset space ~
24954 \begin_inset Graphics
24955 filename ../images/math/font.png
24957 groupId toolbarbuttons
24968 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24969 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24970 Here is an example:
24971 \begin_inset Formula
24974 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
24975 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
24984 \begin_layout Subsection
24986 \begin_inset Index idx
24989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24998 \begin_layout Standard
24999 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25000 automatically chosen in most situations.
25018 For most characters,
25026 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25027 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25032 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25033 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25035 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25036 \begin_inset Graphics
25037 filename ../images/math/style.png
25039 groupId toolbarbuttons
25044 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25045 For example, you can set
25046 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25049 , which is normally in
25058 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25062 The four styles are used in the following example:
25065 \begin_layout Standard
25066 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25070 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25074 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25078 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25084 \begin_layout Standard
25085 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25086 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25088 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25090 \begin_inset space ~
25095 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25096 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25097 will be adjusted to correspond.
25098 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25109 \begin_layout Standard
25113 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25119 \begin_layout Section
25123 \begin_layout Standard
25124 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25125 the document classes and into layout modules.
25126 \begin_inset Index idx
25129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25135 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25136 other than the AMS classes.
25138 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25140 reference "sub:Modules"
25144 for more on layout modules.
25147 \begin_layout Section
25149 \begin_inset Index idx
25152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25159 \begin_inset Index idx
25162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25171 \begin_layout Standard
25172 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25173 (AMS) that are in common use.
25176 \begin_layout Subsection
25177 Enabling AMS-Support
25180 \begin_layout Standard
25181 Selecting the checkbox
25184 \begin_inset space ~
25188 \begin_inset space ~
25192 \begin_inset space ~
25199 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25203 \begin_inset Index idx
25206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25207 Document ! Settings
25215 \begin_inset space ~
25220 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25222 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25223 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25226 \begin_layout Subsection
25228 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25230 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25235 \begin_inset Index idx
25238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25239 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25247 \begin_layout Standard
25248 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25249 LyX allows you to choose between
25270 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25273 \begin_layout Chapter
25277 \begin_layout Section
25279 \begin_inset Index idx
25282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25289 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25291 name "sec:Cross-References"
25298 \begin_layout Standard
25299 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25300 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25302 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25303 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25304 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25307 \begin_layout Enumerate
25311 \begin_layout Enumerate
25312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25314 name "enu:Second-item"
25321 \begin_layout Enumerate
25325 \begin_layout Standard
25326 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25328 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25331 or by pressing the toolbar button
25338 A gray label box like this:
25339 \begin_inset Graphics
25340 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25345 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25346 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25381 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25382 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25386 \begin_inset space \space{}
25389 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25404 \begin_layout Standard
25405 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25407 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25410 or the toolbar button
25413 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25417 A gray cross-reference box like this:
25418 \begin_inset Graphics
25419 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25424 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25426 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25439 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25443 \begin_layout Standard
25446 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25449 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25454 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
25455 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25457 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25469 \begin_layout Standard
25470 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25471 \begin_inset space ~
25475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25477 reference "enu:Second-item"
25484 \begin_layout Standard
25485 It is recommended to use a protected space
25489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25490 described in section
25491 \begin_inset space ~
25495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25497 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25506 between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
25507 line breaks between them.
25510 \begin_layout Standard
25511 There are six formats of cross-references:
25514 \begin_layout Description
25515 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25518 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25525 \begin_layout Description
25526 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25527 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25539 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25546 \begin_layout Description
25547 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25548 \begin_inset space ~
25552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25553 LatexCommand pageref
25554 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25561 \begin_layout Description
25563 \begin_inset space ~
25567 \begin_inset space ~
25570 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25572 LatexCommand vpageref
25573 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25580 \begin_layout Description
25582 \begin_inset space ~
25586 \begin_inset space ~
25590 \begin_inset space ~
25593 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25596 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25603 \begin_layout Description
25605 \begin_inset space ~
25608 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25609 \begin_inset Newline newline
25613 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25621 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25630 \begin_inset Index idx
25633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25634 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25640 \begin_inset Index idx
25643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25644 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25655 \begin_inset Newline newline
25658 You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
25661 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25665 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25666 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25674 is the default and preferred because
25678 supports only English documents.
25679 The format is specified by using the command
25691 (refstyle) in the LaTeX preamble of the document.
25692 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25705 ) can be done with this command
25706 \begin_inset Newline newline
25713 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25718 \begin_inset Newline newline
25721 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25723 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25725 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25732 \begin_layout Description
25734 \begin_inset space ~
25737 reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
25738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25739 LatexCommand nameref
25740 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25747 \begin_layout Standard
25752 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25755 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25759 \begin_inset space \space{}
25763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25777 <reference> on page <page>
25779 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25782 \begin_layout Standard
25783 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25784 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25785 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25789 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25793 \begin_layout Standard
25794 You can only use the style
25798 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25802 is always possible.
25805 \begin_layout Standard
25806 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25807 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25809 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25810 \begin_inset space ~
25814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25816 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25823 \begin_layout Standard
25824 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25828 \begin_inset space ~
25832 \begin_inset space ~
25837 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25838 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25841 \begin_inset space ~
25846 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25847 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25850 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25856 \begin_layout Standard
25857 You can change labels at any time.
25858 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25859 do not need to take care about this.
25862 \begin_layout Standard
25863 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25864 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25867 \begin_layout Standard
25868 References are described in detail in sec.
25869 \begin_inset space ~
25873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25883 \begin_inset space ~
25891 \begin_layout Section
25892 Table of Contents and other Listings
25893 \begin_inset Index idx
25896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25903 \begin_inset Index idx
25906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25913 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25922 \begin_layout Subsection
25924 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25926 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25933 \begin_layout Standard
25934 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25936 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25937 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25939 \begin_inset space ~
25943 \begin_inset space ~
25949 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25950 If you click on it, the
25954 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25955 sections in your documents.
25956 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25958 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25961 that is described in sec.
25962 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25968 reference "sec:Navigating"
25975 \begin_layout Standard
25976 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25977 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25979 \begin_inset space ~
25983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25985 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25989 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25991 \begin_inset space ~
25995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25997 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26001 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26003 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26006 \begin_layout Subsection
26007 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26008 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26010 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26017 \begin_layout Standard
26018 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26019 You can insert them via the
26021 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26023 \begin_inset space ~
26027 \begin_inset space ~
26033 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26036 \begin_layout Section
26037 URLs and Hyperlinks
26038 \begin_inset Index idx
26041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26048 \begin_inset Index idx
26051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26060 \begin_layout Subsection
26062 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26071 \begin_layout Standard
26072 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26074 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26080 \begin_layout Standard
26081 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26082 \begin_inset Flex URL
26085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26095 \begin_layout Standard
26096 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26102 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26106 \begin_layout Standard
26107 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26115 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26123 \begin_layout Subsection
26125 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26127 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26134 \begin_layout Standard
26135 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26137 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26140 or with the toolbar button
26147 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26156 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26157 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26158 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26160 name "LyX's homepage"
26161 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26165 , an Email address like this:
26166 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26168 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26169 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26174 , or a link to a file.
26177 \begin_layout Standard
26178 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26191 to the link target.
26194 \begin_layout Standard
26195 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26196 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26197 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26198 the text style dialog.
26199 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26203 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26205 name "LyX's homepage"
26206 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26213 \begin_layout Standard
26214 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26218 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26220 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26221 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26225 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26227 \begin_inset Newline newline
26235 \begin_inset Newline newline
26242 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26245 \begin_layout Section
26247 \begin_inset Index idx
26250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26257 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26259 name "sec:Appendices"
26266 \begin_layout Standard
26267 Appendices are created with the menu
26269 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26271 \begin_inset space ~
26275 \begin_inset space ~
26281 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26282 as the appendix region.
26283 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26286 \begin_layout Standard
26287 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26288 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26289 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26290 and the subsection number.
26291 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26295 \begin_layout Standard
26297 \begin_inset space ~
26301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26303 reference "cha:Credits"
26308 \begin_inset space ~
26312 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26314 reference "sub:Export"
26321 \begin_layout Section
26323 \begin_inset Index idx
26326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26333 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26335 name "sec:Bibliography"
26342 \begin_layout Standard
26343 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26344 You can include a bibliography database,
26348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26349 Known under the name
26350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26362 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26363 manually, using the paragraph environment
26367 , which was described in section
26368 \begin_inset space ~
26372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26374 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26379 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26380 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26384 use a bibliography database.
26387 \begin_layout Subsection
26388 The Bibliography Environment
26391 \begin_layout Standard
26396 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26398 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26407 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26409 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26418 , a short form of its title, as key.
26421 \begin_layout Standard
26422 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26424 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26427 or the toolbar button
26430 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26434 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26435 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26436 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26437 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26441 \begin_layout Standard
26442 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26443 entry with surrounding brackets.
26448 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26449 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26461 \begin_layout Standard
26464 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26467 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26469 key "latexcompanion"
26476 \begin_layout Standard
26477 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26478 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26487 \begin_layout Subsection
26488 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26489 \begin_inset Index idx
26492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26493 Bibliography ! Databases
26499 \begin_inset Index idx
26502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26503 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26511 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26518 \begin_layout Standard
26519 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26525 They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
26527 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26528 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26533 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26535 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26536 your working field in a database.
26537 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26538 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26540 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26544 \begin_layout Standard
26545 The database is a text file with the file extension
26546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26557 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26558 The format is explained in
26559 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26565 and in LaTeX books (
26566 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26568 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26573 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26574 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26575 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26576 \begin_inset Flex URL
26579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26581 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26589 \begin_layout Standard
26590 To use a database, use the menu
26592 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26597 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26610 \begin_inset space ~
26616 A gray box will be inserted and a window appears.
26617 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26620 Add bibliography to TOC
26622 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26627 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26628 in the document or just the cited references.
26631 \begin_layout Standard
26632 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26644 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26645 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26646 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26648 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26654 For information how this is done, have a look at
26655 \begin_inset Newline newline
26659 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26661 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26673 \begin_layout Standard
26674 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26677 \begin_layout Standard
26678 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26679 You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as processor;
26680 either in the document settings under
26684 or in LyX's preferences under
26686 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26701 The following variants are possible:
26704 \begin_layout Description
26705 biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
26706 other bibliography packages (like e.
26707 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26711 \begin_inset space ~
26718 ), only with the package
26722 ; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
26726 \begin_layout Description
26727 bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
26728 that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
26729 with all bibliography packages, except of
26734 \begin_layout Description
26735 bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
26740 , works with all bibliography packages
26743 \begin_layout Standard
26744 BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
26746 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26752 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26761 \begin_layout Standard
26762 When you select the option
26764 Sectioned bibliography
26768 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26771 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26772 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26774 Customizing Bibliographies
26782 Additional Features
26787 \begin_layout Standard
26788 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26789 the two methods of creating them.
26790 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26791 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26792 We used the style file
26796 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26799 \begin_layout Subsection
26800 Bibliography layout
26801 \begin_inset Index idx
26804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26805 Bibliography ! Layout
26813 \begin_layout Standard
26814 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26815 For this feature you need to enable the option
26821 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26825 \begin_inset Index idx
26828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26829 Document ! Settings
26839 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26840 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26841 in the previous section.
26844 \begin_layout Standard
26845 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26846 in the citation reference window.
26847 Here an example where we set the text
26848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26852 \begin_inset space ~
26856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26859 to appear after the reference:
26862 \begin_layout Standard
26864 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26867 key "latexcompanion"
26874 \begin_layout Section
26876 \begin_inset Index idx
26879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26886 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26895 \begin_layout Standard
26896 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26898 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26900 \begin_inset space ~
26905 or the toolbar button
26913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26924 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26925 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26926 by LyX as the index entry.
26929 \begin_layout Standard
26930 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26931 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26933 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26935 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26942 \begin_layout Standard
26943 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26945 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26947 \begin_inset space ~
26951 \begin_inset space ~
26954 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26956 \begin_inset space ~
26962 A light blue box labeled
26963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26974 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26975 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26978 \begin_layout Subsection
26979 Grouping Index Entries
26980 \begin_inset Index idx
26983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26992 \begin_layout Standard
26993 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26995 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26996 lists under the entry
26997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27005 First we create the entry
27006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27014 \begin_inset space ~
27018 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27020 reference "sub:Lists"
27025 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27026 \begin_inset space ~
27030 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27032 reference "sec:Itemize"
27036 , we insert the command
27039 \begin_layout Standard
27045 \begin_layout Standard
27049 \begin_layout Standard
27055 \begin_layout Standard
27056 for the enumerated list in section
27057 \begin_inset space ~
27061 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27063 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27070 \begin_layout Standard
27071 The exclamation mark
27072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27079 marks the grouping levels.
27080 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27081 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27082 If we don't have an index entry for
27083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27090 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27093 \begin_layout Subsection
27095 \begin_inset Index idx
27098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27099 Index ! Page ranges
27107 \begin_layout Standard
27108 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27110 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27112 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27116 \begin_inset space \space{}
27119 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27121 \begin_inset space ~
27125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27127 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27134 \begin_layout Standard
27137 Paragraph environments|(
27140 \begin_layout Standard
27141 and another entry at the end of section
27142 \begin_inset space ~
27146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27148 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27155 \begin_layout Standard
27158 Paragraph environments|)
27161 \begin_layout Standard
27163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27186 respectively start and end the index range.
27187 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27188 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27189 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27190 An example is the index entry
27191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27194 Document ! Settings
27195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27201 \begin_layout Subsection
27203 \begin_inset Index idx
27206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27207 Index ! Cross referencing
27215 \begin_layout Standard
27216 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27217 We referred for example in the index entry
27218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27226 \begin_inset space ~
27230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27232 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27236 ) to the index entry
27237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27244 in the same section using the entry
27247 \begin_layout Standard
27250 GIF|see{Image formats}
27253 \begin_layout Standard
27254 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27255 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27256 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27259 \begin_layout Subsection
27261 \begin_inset Index idx
27264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27265 Index ! Entry order
27273 \begin_layout Standard
27274 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27275 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27276 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27281 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27283 \begin_inset space ~
27287 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27289 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27298 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27299 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27324 \begin_inset Index idx
27327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27328 Dummy entries ! maïs
27334 \begin_inset Index idx
27337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27338 Dummy entries ! maître
27344 \begin_inset Index idx
27347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27348 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27353 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27354 order maïs, maison, maître.
27355 To achieve this, we use the command
27358 \begin_layout Standard
27361 previous entry@current entry
27364 \begin_layout Standard
27365 In our case we want to have
27366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27381 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27384 \begin_layout Standard
27390 \begin_layout Standard
27391 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27392 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27396 \begin_layout Standard
27397 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27403 \begin_layout Standard
27404 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27409 to generate the index (see sec.
27410 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27416 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27425 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27427 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27433 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27437 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27438 index commands start with
27439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27451 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27456 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27459 \begin_layout Standard
27471 \begin_layout Standard
27483 \begin_layout Subsection
27485 \begin_inset Index idx
27488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27489 Index ! Entry layout
27497 \begin_layout Standard
27498 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27499 \begin_inset Index idx
27502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27505 This is an italic dummy entry
27510 You can also format the page number using the character
27511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27518 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27519 We can write for example
27522 \begin_layout Standard
27525 italic page number:|textit
27528 \begin_layout Standard
27529 to get the page number in italic.
27530 \begin_inset Index idx
27533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27534 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27539 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27557 \begin_inset space ~
27563 Have a look at section
27564 \begin_inset space ~
27568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27570 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27574 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27577 \begin_layout Standard
27578 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27586 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27590 to generate the index, see sec.
27591 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27597 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27606 , however, this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27607 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before they
27609 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27612 key "latexcompanion"
27624 \begin_layout Standard
27625 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27627 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27628 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27629 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27630 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27631 If so, put the following in the preamble
27634 \begin_layout Standard
27646 \begin_layout Standard
27650 \begin_layout Standard
27656 \begin_layout Standard
27657 in the index entry.
27658 \begin_inset Index idx
27661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27662 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27667 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27668 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27669 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27672 \begin_layout Standard
27673 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27675 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27679 \begin_inset space \space{}
27682 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27683 for all index entries.
27684 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27696 documentation for details,
27697 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27699 key "makeindex,xindy"
27706 \begin_layout Subsection
27708 \begin_inset Index idx
27711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27718 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27720 name "sub:Index-Program"
27727 \begin_layout Standard
27728 If the index entry program
27732 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27736 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27745 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27746 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27747 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27748 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27749 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27759 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27760 dialog, see section
27761 \begin_inset space ~
27765 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27767 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27772 The available options are listed and explained in
27773 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27775 key "makeindex,xindy"
27780 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27784 \begin_layout Standard
27785 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27786 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27789 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27790 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27794 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27795 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27798 \begin_layout Subsection
27802 \begin_layout Standard
27803 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27804 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27812 next to the standard index.
27813 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27814 packages that add this feature.
27820 \begin_inset Index idx
27823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27824 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27829 package to generate multiple indexes.
27830 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27831 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue,
27832 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27839 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27840 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27841 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27844 \begin_layout Standard
27845 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27847 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27848 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27855 Use multiple Indexes
27856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27860 Note that the list of
27861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27868 below already contains the standard index.
27869 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27870 also appear as a heading) to the
27871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27878 input field and press the
27879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27887 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27888 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27889 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27893 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27899 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27900 indexes in the LyX work area.
27903 \begin_layout Standard
27904 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27907 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27909 \begin_inset space ~
27913 \begin_inset space ~
27922 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27923 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27924 are some additional features:
27927 \begin_layout Itemize
27928 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27929 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27932 \begin_layout Itemize
27933 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27934 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27943 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27945 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27948 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27949 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27950 to the non-subindexes.
27953 \begin_layout Section
27954 Nomenclature / Glossary
27955 \begin_inset Index idx
27958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27965 \begin_inset Index idx
27968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27997 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27999 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28006 \begin_layout Standard
28007 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28008 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28012 \begin_layout Standard
28013 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28018 \begin_inset Index idx
28021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28022 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28028 You find it in the TeX-catalogue,
28029 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28035 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28038 \begin_layout Standard
28039 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28040 and then use the menu
28042 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28048 \begin_inset space ~
28053 or the toolbar button
28056 arg "nomencl-insert"
28061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28072 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28075 \begin_layout Standard
28076 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28077 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28078 The second is the description of the symbol.
28081 \begin_layout Standard
28082 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28090 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28098 \begin_layout Subsection
28099 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28100 \begin_inset Index idx
28103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28104 Nomenclature ! Layout
28112 \begin_layout Standard
28113 If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28117 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28123 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28131 \begin_inset Newline newline
28139 \begin_inset Newline newline
28145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28152 character starts/ends the formula.
28153 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28165 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28175 \begin_layout Standard
28176 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28177 \begin_inset space ~
28181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28183 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28190 \begin_layout Standard
28194 \begin_inset space ~
28199 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
28200 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28205 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28212 in this document is:
28213 \begin_inset Newline newline
28218 dummy entry for the character
28223 \begin_inset Newline newline
28235 \begin_inset space ~
28245 font use the command
28274 \begin_layout Subsection
28275 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28276 \begin_inset Index idx
28279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28280 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28288 \begin_layout Standard
28289 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28290 the symbol definition.
28291 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28292 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28295 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28296 LatexCommand nomenclature
28298 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28305 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28309 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28310 LatexCommand nomenclature
28313 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28318 They will be sorted by
28319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28345 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28348 will be sorted before the
28352 since the character
28353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28360 is considered in sorting.
28363 \begin_layout Standard
28364 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28367 \begin_inset space ~
28372 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28373 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28375 For the example given, you can insert
28379 in this field for the
28380 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28387 will be located before
28388 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28394 \begin_layout Standard
28395 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28400 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28409 \begin_layout Subsection
28410 Nomenclature Options
28411 \begin_inset Index idx
28414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28415 Nomenclature ! Options
28423 \begin_layout Standard
28428 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28429 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28432 \begin_layout Description
28433 refeq Appends the phrase
28434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28449 to every nomenclature entry, where
28455 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28458 \begin_layout Description
28459 refpage Appends the phrase
28460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28475 to every nomenclature entry, where
28481 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28484 \begin_layout Description
28485 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28488 \begin_layout Standard
28489 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28490 class options list in the
28492 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28496 In this document the options
28503 \begin_layout Standard
28504 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28510 \begin_layout Standard
28511 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28512 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28517 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28520 \begin_layout Description
28530 \begin_layout Description
28533 nomrefpage Like the
28540 \begin_layout Description
28543 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28552 \begin_layout Description
28556 \begin_inset space ~
28562 \begin_inset space ~
28567 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28570 \begin_layout Standard
28572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28579 are automatically translated for some document languages.
28580 If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
28583 \begin_layout Standard
28591 eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
28594 \begin_inset Newline newline
28601 pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
28606 \begin_inset Newline newline
28610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28625 by their translation.
28628 \begin_layout Subsection
28629 Printing the Nomenclature
28630 \begin_inset Index idx
28633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28634 Nomenclature ! Printing
28642 \begin_layout Standard
28643 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28645 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28647 \begin_inset space ~
28651 \begin_inset space ~
28654 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28670 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28671 By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
28672 You can choose between these settings:
28675 \begin_layout Description
28676 Default a space of 1
28677 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28683 \begin_layout Description
28685 \begin_inset space ~
28689 \begin_inset space ~
28692 width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
28695 \begin_layout Description
28696 Custom custom space
28699 \begin_layout Standard
28700 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28709 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28717 For example, in order to change the name to
28721 , add the following line to the preamble:
28724 \begin_layout Standard
28732 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28735 \begin_layout Subsection
28736 Nomenclature Program
28737 \begin_inset Index idx
28740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28741 Nomenclature ! Program
28747 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28749 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28756 \begin_layout Standard
28757 LyX uses the program
28761 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28762 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28767 by adding options, see section
28768 \begin_inset space ~
28772 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28774 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28779 The available options are listed and explained in
28780 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28782 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28789 \begin_layout Section
28791 \begin_inset Index idx
28794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28801 \begin_inset Index idx
28804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28805 Document ! Branches
28811 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28813 name "sec:Branches"
28820 \begin_layout Standard
28821 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28822 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28823 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28824 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28827 \begin_layout Standard
28828 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28829 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28830 To create a branch, either select the menu
28832 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28833 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28836 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28838 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28845 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28846 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28847 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28848 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28849 (see below for an example).
28850 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28851 to the name of the other) and to add
28852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28860 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28864 \begin_inset space ~
28867 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28868 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28871 \begin_layout Standard
28872 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28873 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28875 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28878 where you can choose a branch.
28879 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28883 \begin_layout Standard
28884 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28885 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28888 \begin_layout Standard
28889 \begin_inset Branch Question
28892 \begin_layout Standard
28893 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28901 \begin_layout Standard
28902 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28905 \begin_layout Standard
28906 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28914 \begin_layout Standard
28921 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28922 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28925 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28926 Consider for example a file
28927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28934 which has the above branches.
28936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28943 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28967 branch were inactive,
28968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28983 branch was active, likewise
28984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28999 branch was active, and
29000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29003 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29007 if both branches were active.
29008 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29012 \begin_layout Standard
29013 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29019 \begin_layout Standard
29020 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29021 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29023 For example you can define for the question branch
29027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29028 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29029 \begin_inset space ~
29033 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29035 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29047 \begin_layout Standard
29057 \begin_layout Standard
29067 \begin_layout Standard
29068 and for the answer branch
29071 \begin_layout Standard
29081 \begin_layout Standard
29091 \begin_layout Standard
29092 \begin_inset Branch Question
29095 \begin_layout Standard
29099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29127 \begin_layout Standard
29128 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29131 \begin_layout Standard
29135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29163 \begin_layout Standard
29164 Now it is possible to use the commands
29168 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29175 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29178 to obtain conditional output.
29179 Here is an example formula where only the
29186 \begin_inset Formula
29188 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29196 \begin_layout Standard
29197 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29205 \begin_layout Section
29207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29209 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29214 \begin_inset Index idx
29217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29226 \begin_layout Standard
29231 dialog allows you in the
29235 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29236 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29241 \begin_inset Index idx
29244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29245 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29253 \begin_layout Standard
29258 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29259 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29260 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29262 You can specify in the dialog tab
29266 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29268 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29269 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29273 \begin_layout Standard
29278 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29279 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29280 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29282 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29283 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29285 \begin_inset space ~
29288 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29289 \begin_inset space ~
29292 1 will only display the sections.
29295 \begin_layout Standard
29296 The header information in the dialog tab
29300 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29301 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29302 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29306 \begin_inset space \space{}
29309 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29310 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29313 Automatic fill header
29315 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29316 title and author settings.
29319 \begin_layout Standard
29322 Load in fullscreen mode
29324 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29327 \begin_layout Standard
29328 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29329 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29335 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29336 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29345 \begin_layout Section
29346 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29347 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29349 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29356 \begin_layout Subsection
29358 \begin_inset Index idx
29361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29368 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29370 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29377 \begin_layout Standard
29378 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29379 constructs, but not all.
29380 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29381 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29382 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29383 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29384 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29388 \begin_layout Standard
29389 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29391 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29393 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29395 \begin_inset space ~
29400 or by the toolbar button
29407 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29411 \begin_layout Standard
29412 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29413 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29414 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29415 using the LaTeX-command
29421 , you can write the command part
29427 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29431 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29432 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29433 the following example:
29436 \begin_layout Standard
29437 \begin_inset Graphics
29438 filename clipart/ERT.png
29446 \begin_layout Standard
29450 \begin_layout Standard
29451 This is a line with a
29455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29478 \begin_layout Standard
29479 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29487 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29488 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29496 \begin_layout Subsection
29497 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29498 \begin_inset Argument
29501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29508 \begin_inset Index idx
29511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29518 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29520 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29527 \begin_layout Standard
29528 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29529 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29530 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29539 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29540 any time if you know the right commands.
29542 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29546 \begin_inset space \space{}
29549 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29551 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29552 all caption labels bold.
29553 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29555 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29559 \begin_layout Standard
29560 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29561 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29562 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29564 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29573 \begin_layout Standard
29574 As result you know that the package
29579 \begin_inset Index idx
29582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29583 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29589 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29591 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29597 \begin_layout Standard
29602 usepackage[options]{package name}
29605 \begin_layout Standard
29606 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29607 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29608 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29611 \begin_layout Standard
29612 In your case the package name is
29617 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29622 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29623 So you add the command
29626 \begin_layout Standard
29631 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29634 \begin_layout Standard
29635 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29640 For more commands provided by the
29644 package, have a look at its documentation,
29645 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29659 \begin_layout Standard
29660 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29662 For example if you use a
29666 class, you don't need the package
29670 , you can instead write
29673 \begin_layout Standard
29678 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29683 \begin_layout Standard
29684 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29685 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29686 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29693 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29696 \begin_layout Standard
29697 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29698 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29700 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29701 the previous section.
29704 \begin_layout Standard
29705 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29707 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29709 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29716 \begin_layout Standard
29717 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29723 \begin_layout Standard
29727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29737 \begin_inset Note Note
29740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29741 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29749 \begin_layout Left Header
29750 \begin_inset Argument
29753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29773 \begin_inset Note Note
29776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29777 defines the header line as described below
29785 \begin_layout Center Header
29786 \begin_inset Argument
29789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29798 \begin_layout Right Header
29799 \begin_inset Argument
29802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29823 \begin_layout Left Footer
29824 \begin_inset Argument
29827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29848 \begin_layout Center Footer
29849 \begin_inset Argument
29852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29863 \begin_inset Newline newline
29867 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29873 \begin_layout Right Footer
29874 \begin_inset Argument
29877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29899 \begin_layout Section
29900 Customized Page Headers and Footers
29901 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29903 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
29908 \begin_inset Index idx
29911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29912 Document ! Header/Footer line
29918 \begin_inset Index idx
29921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29930 \begin_layout Standard
29931 To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
29932 to set the headings style to
29938 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29944 \begin_inset space ~
29950 As second step add in the menu
29952 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29953 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29960 Custom Header/Footerlines
29961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29965 This module offers the 6
29966 \begin_inset space ~
29972 \begin_layout Description
29974 \begin_inset space ~
29978 \begin_inset space ~
29982 \begin_inset space ~
29986 \begin_inset space ~
29990 \begin_inset space ~
29996 \begin_layout Description
29998 \begin_inset space ~
30002 \begin_inset space ~
30006 \begin_inset space ~
30010 \begin_inset space ~
30014 \begin_inset space ~
30020 \begin_layout Standard
30021 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30024 \begin_layout Standard
30025 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30026 But you can change them anywhere you want to.
30028 \begin_inset space ~
30032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30034 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30038 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30041 \begin_layout Standard
30042 \begin_inset Float figure
30048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30051 \begin_inset Tabular
30052 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30053 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30054 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30055 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30056 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30058 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30076 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30087 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30105 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30116 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30120 The normal text on the page goes here.
30121 The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
30123 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30124 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30129 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30138 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30149 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30167 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30178 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30196 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30214 \begin_inset Caption
30216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30217 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30219 name "fig:Page-layout"
30223 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30236 \begin_layout Subsection
30240 \begin_layout Standard
30241 To define your header line, add all 3
30242 \begin_inset space ~
30246 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30247 the optional arguments on even pages.
30248 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30250 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30251 Defining the footer line works similar.
30254 \begin_layout Standard
30255 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30258 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30271 \begin_inset space ~
30279 \begin_layout Description
30282 thepage prints the current page number
30285 \begin_layout Description
30288 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30291 \begin_layout Description
30294 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30297 \begin_layout Description
30300 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30301 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30308 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30311 because it usually goes in a left header.
30314 \begin_layout Description
30317 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30318 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30320 It is normally used in the right header.
30323 \begin_layout Subsection
30324 Default header/footer
30327 \begin_layout Standard
30328 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30329 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30330 footer has the page number.
30331 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30332 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30333 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30336 \begin_inset space ~
30344 \begin_layout Subsection
30348 \begin_layout Standard
30349 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30350 Some pages are different.
30351 The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
30352 a new part or chapter in your book.
30353 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30354 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30355 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30358 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30359 Header and footer decoration line
30362 \begin_layout Standard
30363 By default, you get a 0.4
30364 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30367 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30368 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30380 in the following scheme:
30383 \begin_layout Standard
30390 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30393 \begin_layout Standard
30394 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30403 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30410 \begin_layout Standard
30411 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30412 If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
30413 \begin_inset space ~
30417 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30426 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30427 Several header/footer lines
30430 \begin_layout Standard
30431 In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
30432 do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30433 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30435 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30447 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30450 \begin_layout Standard
30457 headheight}{height}
30460 \begin_layout Standard
30461 Where height is a size in standard units.
30462 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30463 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30464 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30466 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30480 and look via the button
30483 \begin_inset space ~
30488 if you find a warning of the package
30493 \begin_inset Index idx
30496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30497 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30503 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30504 for your header/footer.
30507 \begin_layout Subsection
30511 \begin_layout Standard
30512 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30513 Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
30514 This example consists of the following definition:
30517 \begin_layout Description
30519 \begin_inset space ~
30528 , empty optional argument
30531 \begin_layout Description
30533 \begin_inset space ~
30536 Header empty, empty optional argument
30539 \begin_layout Description
30541 \begin_inset space ~
30550 in the optional argument
30553 \begin_layout Description
30555 \begin_inset space ~
30564 in the optional argument
30567 \begin_layout Description
30569 \begin_inset space ~
30581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30585 \begin_inset Newline newline
30589 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30596 in the optional argument
30599 \begin_layout Description
30601 \begin_inset space ~
30610 , empty optional argument
30613 \begin_layout Description
30616 headrulewidth set to 2
30617 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30623 \begin_layout Standard
30624 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
30626 For more special things like e.
30627 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30631 \begin_inset space ~
30634 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30639 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30648 \begin_layout Standard
30649 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30655 \begin_layout Standard
30659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30663 pagestyle{headings}
30669 \begin_inset Note Note
30672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30673 switches back to page style with the default headings
30681 \begin_layout Section
30682 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30683 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30685 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30690 \begin_inset Index idx
30693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30700 \begin_inset Index idx
30703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30712 \begin_layout Standard
30713 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30714 fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
30715 to break your train of thought with
30717 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30723 \begin_layout Standard
30724 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30725 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
30730 \begin_inset Index idx
30733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30734 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30739 as explained below, and turn on
30742 \begin_inset space ~
30749 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30753 \begin_inset space ~
30757 \begin_inset space ~
30760 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30765 \begin_inset space ~
30770 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30773 \begin_layout Standard
30774 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30776 Previews of an already loaded document are
30780 generated just by selecting the
30783 \begin_inset space ~
30788 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
30791 \begin_layout Standard
30792 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
30793 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
30796 \begin_inset space ~
30801 check box in the insert dialog.
30802 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
30806 \begin_layout Standard
30807 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30811 (on some systems named simply
30816 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue,
30818 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30824 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30825 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30833 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
30837 \begin_layout Standard
30838 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
30844 \begin_layout Standard
30845 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
30849 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30851 \begin_inset space ~
30856 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
30857 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
30859 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
30860 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
30861 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
30862 the source view window.
30865 \begin_layout Section
30866 Advanced Find and Replace
30867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30869 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
30874 \begin_inset Index idx
30877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30884 \begin_inset Index idx
30887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30896 \begin_layout Subsection
30900 \begin_layout Standard
30901 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
30902 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
30903 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
30904 The key-features are:
30907 \begin_layout Itemize
30908 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
30909 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
30910 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
30914 \begin_layout Itemize
30915 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
30916 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
30917 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
30918 a section heading will only be found within section headings
30921 \begin_layout Itemize
30922 Search may be widened to a specific
30927 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30931 \begin_inset space ~
30934 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
30935 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
30942 \begin_layout Itemize
30943 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
30944 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
30945 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30949 \begin_inset space ~
30952 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
30955 \begin_layout Subsection
30959 \begin_layout Standard
30960 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
30963 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30976 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
30979 ) or the toolbar button
30982 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
30988 Advanced Find and Replace
30993 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30997 \begin_layout Standard
31002 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31007 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31012 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31013 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31014 Pressing repeatedly
31018 keeps searching forward.
31019 Similarly, pressing
31023 searches for the entered text backwards.
31026 \begin_layout Standard
31027 While searching, the
31031 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31041 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31044 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31045 Searching for mathematics
31048 \begin_layout Standard
31049 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31053 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31054 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31057 or also something more complex like
31058 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31062 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31063 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31064 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31065 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31071 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31075 \begin_layout Standard
31076 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31077 This is done by switching to the
31081 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31086 This way, entering in the
31093 \begin_layout Itemize
31094 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31095 in emphasized or boldface.
31098 \begin_layout Itemize
31099 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31100 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31101 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31102 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31105 \begin_layout Itemize
31106 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31107 of if only within section headings.
31108 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31109 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31113 \begin_layout Itemize
31114 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31115 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31118 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31122 \begin_layout Standard
31123 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31127 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31135 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31139 button or alternatively
31161 \begin_layout Standard
31162 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31163 text segments in your document.
31164 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31168 \begin_layout Itemize
31169 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31170 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31178 with its typewriter version
31181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31191 \begin_layout Itemize
31192 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31198 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31210 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31217 (you may want to enable the
31225 options and disable the
31233 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31241 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31242 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31246 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31249 , or occurrences of
31250 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31254 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31260 \begin_layout Subsection
31264 \begin_layout Standard
31265 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31270 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31272 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31274 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31283 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31289 This is done via the menu
31291 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31292 Insert Regular Expression
31294 while the cursor is in the
31299 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31300 expression matching rules
31304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31305 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31307 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31311 \begin_inset space ~
31314 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31315 to match expressions.
31320 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31321 same text in the document.
31322 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31323 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31326 \begin_layout Enumerate
31327 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31332 editor the fraction
31333 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31337 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31340 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31341 fractions with the given denominator.
31344 \begin_layout Enumerate
31345 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31357 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31362 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31363 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31365 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31368 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31369 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31372 \begin_layout Standard
31373 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31374 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31375 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31378 , and referring back to them through
31379 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31383 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31387 For example, try searching for the regexp
31388 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31391 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31394 \begin_layout Standard
31395 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31396 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31397 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31402 \begin_inset space ~
31406 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31409 always refers to the first occurrence of
31410 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31413 in all entered regexps.
31416 \begin_layout Standard
31417 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31421 \begin_layout Section
31423 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31425 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31430 \begin_inset Index idx
31433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31442 \begin_layout Standard
31443 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31446 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31453 or the toolbar button
31456 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31459 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31460 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31461 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31462 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31463 scrolled so that it is visible.
31464 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31465 n, if any could be found.
31466 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
31470 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
31471 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31474 \begin_layout Standard
31475 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31478 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31482 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31483 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31484 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31485 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31486 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31487 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31490 \begin_layout Subsection
31494 \begin_layout Standard
31495 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31498 \begin_inset space ~
31501 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31504 you can set the following things:
31507 \begin_layout Description
31509 \begin_inset space ~
31512 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31513 Depending on your platform,
31527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31528 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31529 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31544 \begin_layout Description
31546 \begin_inset space ~
31549 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31550 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31553 \begin_layout Description
31555 \begin_inset space ~
31558 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31560 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31564 \begin_inset space \space{}
31568 This should normally not be needed.
31571 \begin_layout Description
31573 \begin_inset space ~
31577 \begin_inset space ~
31580 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31592 \begin_layout Description
31594 \begin_inset space ~
31597 continuously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31598 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
31599 By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
31600 in the context menu.
31601 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31605 \begin_layout Description
31607 \begin_inset space ~
31611 \begin_inset space ~
31615 \begin_inset space ~
31618 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31622 \begin_layout Section
31624 \begin_inset Index idx
31627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31634 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31636 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31643 \begin_layout Standard
31644 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31645 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
31654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31655 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31657 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
31666 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
31667 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
31668 are available for many languages.
31671 \begin_layout Standard
31672 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
31676 \begin_layout Subsection
31677 Setting up the thesaurus
31680 \begin_layout Standard
31688 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
31693 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
31698 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
31700 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31704 en_EN for English).
31705 For instance, the English files are named:
31708 \begin_layout Itemize
31712 \begin_layout Itemize
31716 \begin_layout Standard
31717 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
31718 already on your system.
31719 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
31720 \begin_inset Flex URL
31723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31725 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
31731 \begin_inset Flex URL
31734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31736 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus
31745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31746 Note that, as of OpenOffice
31747 \begin_inset space ~
31751 \begin_inset Flex URL
31754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31756 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31761 are usually packed in extension archives (
31765 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
31767 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
31768 unpack a zip archive.
31781 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
31782 s), and specify the path to this directory in
31784 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31785 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31789 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
31792 \begin_layout Subsection
31793 Using the thesaurus
31796 \begin_layout Standard
31797 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
31799 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31802 or the toolbar button
31805 arg "thesaurus-entry"
31808 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
31810 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
31812 The proposals are grouped into categories.
31813 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
31814 and hyponyms (such as
31822 ), compounds (such as
31826 ) and antonyms (such as
31834 ), which are marked as such.
31837 \begin_layout Standard
31838 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
31839 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
31843 \begin_layout Standard
31844 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
31845 the dictionary, such as the above
31849 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
31850 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31854 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
31855 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
31856 For example looking up the word forms
31864 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
31869 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
31870 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31882 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
31883 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
31884 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
31887 \begin_layout Section
31889 \begin_inset Index idx
31892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31899 \begin_inset Index idx
31902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31903 Document ! Change Tracking
31909 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31911 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
31918 \begin_layout Standard
31919 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
31920 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
31921 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
31922 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
31924 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31926 \begin_inset space ~
31929 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31931 \begin_inset space ~
31939 \begin_layout Standard
31940 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
31954 The color depends on the author that made the change.
31955 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
31958 \begin_inset space ~
31962 \begin_inset space ~
31972 \begin_inset Index idx
31975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31976 Color ! Change tracking
31981 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
31982 the cursor is in changed text.
31983 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
31986 arg "changes-merge"
31992 \begin_layout Standard
31993 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
31994 \begin_inset Index idx
31997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32006 \begin_layout Standard
32007 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32013 \begin_layout Standard
32014 \begin_inset Graphics
32015 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32023 \begin_layout Standard
32024 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32030 \begin_layout Standard
32031 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32035 \begin_layout Standard
32036 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32042 \begin_layout Standard
32043 \begin_inset Tabular
32044 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32045 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32046 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32047 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32048 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32057 arg "changes-track"
32065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32071 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32073 \begin_inset space ~
32076 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32078 \begin_inset space ~
32087 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32096 arg "changes-output"
32104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32110 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32112 \begin_inset space ~
32115 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32117 \begin_inset space ~
32121 \begin_inset space ~
32125 \begin_inset space ~
32134 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32155 Jumps to the next change
32161 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32170 arg "change-accept"
32178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32184 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32186 \begin_inset space ~
32189 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32191 \begin_inset space ~
32200 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32209 arg "change-reject"
32217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32223 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32225 \begin_inset space ~
32228 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32230 \begin_inset space ~
32239 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32248 arg "changes-merge"
32256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32262 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32264 \begin_inset space ~
32267 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32269 \begin_inset space ~
32278 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32287 arg "all-changes-accept"
32295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32301 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32303 \begin_inset space ~
32306 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32308 \begin_inset space ~
32312 \begin_inset space ~
32321 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32330 arg "all-changes-reject"
32338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32344 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32346 \begin_inset space ~
32349 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32351 \begin_inset space ~
32355 \begin_inset space ~
32364 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32387 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32388 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32390 \begin_inset space ~
32399 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32422 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32424 \begin_inset space ~
32440 \begin_layout Standard
32441 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32447 \begin_layout Standard
32448 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32449 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32450 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32451 the next change after the current cursor position.
32452 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32453 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32454 step to the next change.
32455 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32458 \begin_layout Standard
32459 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32460 to describe a change.
32463 \begin_layout Standard
32464 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32469 \begin_inset Index idx
32472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32473 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32479 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32480 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32486 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32489 \begin_layout Section
32490 Comparison of Documents
32491 \begin_inset Index idx
32494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32495 Comparison of documents
32503 \begin_layout Standard
32504 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32506 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32510 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32512 In the comparison dialog you can select with the option
32515 \begin_inset space ~
32519 \begin_inset space ~
32523 \begin_inset space ~
32528 from which document LyX should take the document settings for the resulting
32533 \begin_inset space ~
32537 \begin_inset space ~
32541 \begin_inset space ~
32545 \begin_inset space ~
32549 \begin_inset space ~
32553 \begin_inset space ~
32558 enables the change tracking option
32561 \begin_inset space ~
32565 \begin_inset space ~
32569 \begin_inset space ~
32574 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32577 \begin_layout Section
32578 International Support
32579 \begin_inset Index idx
32582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32583 International support
32591 \begin_layout Standard
32592 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32593 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32594 how to set up LyX to use them:
32595 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32597 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
32604 \begin_layout Standard
32605 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
32606 \begin_inset space ~
32610 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32612 reference "sub:Special-Character"
32619 \begin_layout Subsection
32621 \begin_inset Index idx
32624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32631 \begin_inset Index idx
32634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32635 Document ! Settings
32641 \begin_inset Index idx
32644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32645 Document ! Language
32653 \begin_layout Standard
32656 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32659 dialog lets you set
32661 the language and character encoding for your language.
32665 \begin_layout Standard
32666 Choose your language in the
32670 section of this dialog.
32678 \begin_layout Standard
32683 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
32688 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
32689 For details about the different encoding options see section
32690 \begin_inset space ~
32694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32696 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
32703 \begin_layout Subsection
32704 Keyboard mapping configuration
32705 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32707 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
32714 \begin_layout Standard
32715 If you have for example a U.
32716 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32719 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
32720 can use an alternate keymap.
32721 For example, if you have a U.
32722 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32725 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
32726 use an Italian keymap.
32727 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
32729 \begin_inset space ~
32733 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32735 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
32740 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
32741 which one you want to use.
32744 \begin_layout Standard
32745 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
32746 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
32747 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
32748 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
32749 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
32750 one to support the characters you want.
32751 This and many other customizations are explained in the
32758 \begin_layout Subsection
32762 \begin_layout Standard
32764 \begin_inset space ~
32768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32770 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
32779 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
32783 \begin_layout Standard
32784 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
32785 Here are some of the details you will need to bear in mind when using character
32793 \begin_layout Itemize
32794 Even if you have selected
32800 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32803 dialog, users who have only the
32807 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
32811 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
32812 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
32813 french quotes will not show up.
32816 \begin_layout Standard
32817 \begin_inset Float table
32822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32823 \begin_inset Caption
32825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32826 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32828 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
32844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32846 \begin_inset Tabular
32847 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
32848 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
32849 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32850 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32851 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32852 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32853 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32854 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32855 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32856 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32857 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32858 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32859 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32860 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32861 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32862 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32863 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32864 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32865 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37278 \begin_layout Standard
37279 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37281 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37282 also the characters from
37294 \begin_layout Itemize
37303 \begin_layout Standard
37304 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37305 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37311 \begin_layout Standard
37312 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37313 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37319 \begin_layout Standard
37320 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37321 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37327 \begin_layout Standard
37328 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37329 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37335 \begin_layout Standard
37337 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37343 \begin_layout Standard
37345 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37351 \begin_layout Standard
37353 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37360 \begin_layout Itemize
37373 \begin_layout Standard
37375 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37381 \begin_layout Standard
37383 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37389 \begin_layout Standard
37391 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37397 \begin_layout Standard
37399 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37405 \begin_layout Standard
37407 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37413 \begin_layout Standard
37415 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37422 \begin_layout Standard
37423 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37424 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37425 Also make sure you're using the
37432 \begin_layout Chapter
37435 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37437 name "chap:The-User-Interface"
37444 \begin_layout Standard
37445 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37446 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37447 topic inside the user's guide.
37450 \begin_layout Section
37452 \begin_inset Index idx
37455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37464 \begin_layout Standard
37469 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37472 \begin_layout Subsection
37476 \begin_layout Standard
37477 Creates a new document.
37480 \begin_layout Subsection
37484 \begin_layout Standard
37485 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37486 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37487 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37490 \begin_layout Subsection
37494 \begin_layout Standard
37498 \begin_layout Subsection
37502 \begin_layout Standard
37503 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37504 Click there on a file to open it.
37507 \begin_layout Subsection
37511 \begin_layout Standard
37512 Closes the current document.
37515 \begin_layout Subsection
37519 \begin_layout Standard
37520 Closes all opened documents.
37523 \begin_layout Subsection
37527 \begin_layout Standard
37528 Saves the actual document.
37531 \begin_layout Subsection
37535 \begin_layout Standard
37536 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37539 \begin_layout Subsection
37543 \begin_layout Standard
37544 Saves all opened documents.
37547 \begin_layout Subsection
37551 \begin_layout Standard
37552 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37555 \begin_layout Subsection
37559 \begin_layout Standard
37560 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
37561 It is described in the section
37563 Version Control in LyX
37567 Additional Features
37572 \begin_layout Subsection
37576 \begin_layout Standard
37577 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37578 NoWeb-files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files
37580 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
37583 \begin_layout Standard
37584 When using the menu entry
37587 \begin_inset space ~
37592 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37596 \begin_inset space ~
37600 \begin_inset space ~
37605 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
37606 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
37609 \begin_layout Subsection
37611 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37620 \begin_layout Standard
37621 You can export your document to various file formats.
37622 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
37623 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
37624 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
37627 \begin_layout Standard
37628 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
37630 \begin_inset space ~
37634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37636 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
37643 \begin_layout Description
37649 \begin_inset space ~
37656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37663 yX format of the special LyX
37664 \begin_inset space ~
37667 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
37668 \begin_inset Newline newline
37671 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
37674 \begin_layout Description
37675 DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
37681 \begin_layout Description
37683 \begin_inset space ~
37686 (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
37692 \begin_layout Description
37693 DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
37694 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
37695 files paths or file names in your document.
37696 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
37703 \begin_layout Description
37704 DVI DVI-format that also allows to use special characters or spaces in files
37705 paths or file names
37708 \begin_layout Description
37710 \begin_inset space ~
37717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37724 eX) DVI-format using the program
37728 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
37731 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37739 not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
37747 \begin_layout Description
37749 \begin_inset space ~
37752 Dot text file with code in the programming language
37756 that is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
37761 \begin_layout Description
37762 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
37766 \begin_layout Description
37768 \begin_inset space ~
37772 \begin_inset space ~
37775 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
37779 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
37787 \begin_layout Description
37794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37802 \begin_inset space ~
37813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37826 text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
37831 \begin_layout Description
37838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37846 \begin_inset space ~
37851 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
37852 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
37856 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
37859 \begin_layout Description
37866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37874 \begin_inset space ~
37879 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
37880 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
37888 \begin_layout Description
37895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37903 \begin_inset space ~
37914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37927 text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
37932 \begin_layout Description
37934 \begin_inset space ~
37938 \begin_inset space ~
37947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37956 TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
37957 music notation software
37962 \begin_layout Description
37969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37979 \begin_inset space ~
37983 \begin_inset space ~
37986 (zip) creates a zip-archive file that contains your document and all files
37987 that are necessary to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files,
37991 \begin_layout Description
37998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38008 \begin_inset space ~
38011 z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
38012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38027 represent the version number)
38030 \begin_layout Description
38037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38046 yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38049 \begin_layout Description
38050 NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
38055 \begin_layout Description
38056 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
38069 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38073 \begin_layout Description
38077 \begin_inset space ~
38082 PDF-format using the program
38086 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38089 \begin_layout Description
38093 \begin_inset space ~
38100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38109 PDF-format using the program
38113 , produces PDF-files directly
38116 \begin_layout Description
38120 \begin_inset space ~
38125 PDF-format using the program
38129 , produces PDF-files directly
38132 \begin_layout Description
38136 \begin_inset space ~
38141 PDF-format using the program
38145 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38148 \begin_layout Description
38152 \begin_inset space ~
38159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38168 PDF-format using the program
38172 , produces PDF-files directly
38175 \begin_layout Description
38179 \begin_inset space ~
38187 \begin_layout Description
38191 \begin_inset space ~
38195 \begin_inset space ~
38200 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38201 and then exported as text using the program
38206 \begin_layout Description
38211 PostScript format using the program
38216 \begin_layout Description
38217 Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
38218 programming language
38231 it is possible to use
38238 \begin_layout Standard
38239 If one of the menu entries
38246 \begin_inset space ~
38255 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38256 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38257 \begin_inset space ~
38261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38263 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38268 \begin_inset Index idx
38271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38272 Reconfiguration of LyX
38280 \begin_layout Subsection
38284 \begin_layout Standard
38285 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38286 format or send it to a printer.
38287 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38288 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38294 For more information have a look at section
38295 \begin_inset space ~
38299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38301 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38308 \begin_layout Subsection
38312 \begin_layout Standard
38313 This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on
38314 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38315 prefix, see section
38316 \begin_inset space ~
38320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38322 reference "sec:Paths"
38327 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38336 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38337 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38338 \begin_inset space ~
38342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38344 reference "sub:Converters"
38351 \begin_layout Subsection
38352 New and Close Window
38355 \begin_layout Standard
38356 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38359 \begin_layout Subsection
38363 \begin_layout Standard
38364 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38367 \begin_layout Section
38369 \begin_inset Index idx
38372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38381 \begin_layout Subsection
38385 \begin_layout Standard
38386 Described in section
38387 \begin_inset space ~
38391 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38393 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38400 \begin_layout Subsection
38401 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38404 \begin_layout Standard
38405 Described in section
38406 \begin_inset space ~
38410 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38412 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38419 \begin_layout Subsection
38423 \begin_layout Standard
38424 Selects the content of the inset where the cursor is currently in.
38425 Is the cursor outside of an inset, the whole document will be selected.
38428 \begin_layout Subsection
38432 \begin_layout Standard
38433 Selects the whole document.
38436 \begin_layout Subsection
38437 Find & Replace (Quick)
38440 \begin_layout Standard
38441 Described in section
38442 \begin_inset space ~
38446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38448 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38455 \begin_layout Subsection
38456 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38459 \begin_layout Standard
38460 Described in section
38461 \begin_inset space ~
38465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38467 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38474 \begin_layout Subsection
38475 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38478 \begin_layout Standard
38479 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38483 \begin_layout Subsection
38487 \begin_layout Standard
38488 Described in section
38489 \begin_inset space ~
38493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38495 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38502 \begin_layout Subsection
38504 \begin_inset Index idx
38507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38508 Paragraph ! Settings
38516 \begin_layout Standard
38517 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38518 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
38521 \begin_layout Standard
38522 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38523 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38525 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38531 \begin_inset space ~
38539 \begin_layout Subsection
38540 Table Settings and Math
38543 \begin_layout Standard
38544 These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or
38546 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38547 The properties of tables are described in section
38548 \begin_inset space ~
38552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38554 reference "sec:Tables"
38558 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38559 \begin_inset space ~
38563 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38565 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38572 \begin_layout Subsection
38573 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38576 \begin_layout Standard
38577 These menu entries are only active if the cursor is in an environment that
38579 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38580 \begin_inset space ~
38584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38586 reference "sec:Nesting"
38591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38593 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38600 \begin_layout Section
38602 \begin_inset Index idx
38605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38614 \begin_layout Standard
38615 At the bottom of the
38619 menu the opened documents are listed.
38622 \begin_layout Subsection
38623 Open/Close all Insets
38626 \begin_layout Standard
38627 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38630 \begin_layout Subsection
38631 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38634 \begin_layout Standard
38635 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38638 \begin_layout Standard
38639 Math macros are described in the
38646 \begin_layout Subsection
38650 \begin_layout Standard
38651 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
38653 \begin_inset space ~
38657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38659 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
38666 \begin_layout Subsection
38670 \begin_layout Standard
38671 Opens a window showing console messages.
38672 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
38673 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38676 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
38677 while LaTeX is processing the document,
38680 \begin_layout Subsection
38684 \begin_layout Standard
38685 This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as
38686 default output format either in the preferences (see sec.
38687 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38691 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38693 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38697 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38698 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38702 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38704 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38708 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
38709 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
38710 \begin_inset space ~
38714 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38716 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38721 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
38722 The default output format is
38725 \begin_inset space ~
38733 \begin_layout Subsection
38734 View (Other Formats)
38737 \begin_layout Standard
38738 With this submenu you can view your document in alternative output formats.
38739 The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the
38740 actual document with an external program.
38741 The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on
38742 the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
38743 All possible formats are listed in section
38744 \begin_inset space ~
38748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38750 reference "sub:Export"
38755 You should at least see the menu entry
38760 If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation.
38761 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38762 \begin_inset space ~
38766 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38768 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38773 \begin_inset Index idx
38776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38777 Reconfiguration of LyX
38785 \begin_layout Standard
38786 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
38787 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
38788 \begin_inset space ~
38792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38794 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38799 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
38802 \begin_layout Subsection
38806 \begin_layout Standard
38807 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
38808 the default output format) without opening a new viewer window.
38811 \begin_layout Subsection
38812 Update (Other Formats)
38815 \begin_layout Standard
38816 With this submenu you can update the view of alternative output formats
38817 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
38820 \begin_layout Subsection
38821 View Master Document
38824 \begin_layout Standard
38825 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38841 \begin_inset space ~
38846 manual for more information on this topic).
38847 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
38848 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
38853 generates the output of the whole book, while
38857 will just output the chapter alone.
38860 \begin_layout Standard
38861 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38862 in the preferences (see sec.
38863 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38869 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38873 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38874 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38880 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38887 \begin_layout Subsection
38888 Update Master Document
38891 \begin_layout Standard
38892 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38908 \begin_inset space ~
38913 manual for more information on this topic).
38914 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
38915 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
38918 \begin_layout Standard
38919 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38920 in the preferences (see sec.
38921 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38927 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38931 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38932 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38938 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38945 \begin_layout Subsection
38949 \begin_layout Standard
38950 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
38951 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
38952 view the same document, but at different positions.
38953 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
38954 or more documents at the same time.
38955 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
38962 \begin_layout Subsection
38966 \begin_layout Standard
38967 Closes a split view.
38970 \begin_layout Subsection
38974 \begin_layout Standard
38975 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
38976 so that you will see nothing but your text.
38977 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
38978 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
38979 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
38982 \begin_layout Subsection
38984 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38986 name "sub:Toolbars"
38991 \begin_inset Index idx
38994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39003 \begin_layout Standard
39004 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
39005 All toolbars and the
39008 \begin_inset space ~
39013 can be turned on and off.
39018 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39030 \begin_inset space ~
39038 \begin_inset space ~
39047 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39051 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39058 \begin_layout Standard
39063 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39067 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39068 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39069 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking
39070 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor
39071 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39074 \begin_layout Standard
39075 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39076 \begin_inset space ~
39080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39082 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39089 \begin_layout Section
39091 \begin_inset Index idx
39094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39103 \begin_layout Subsection
39107 \begin_layout Standard
39108 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39109 \begin_inset space ~
39113 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39115 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
39126 \begin_layout Subsection
39128 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39130 name "sub:Special-Character"
39137 \begin_layout Standard
39138 Here you can insert the following characters:
39141 \begin_layout Description
39142 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39143 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39144 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39145 \begin_inset Newline newline
39149 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39157 Not all characters will be visible in the
39161 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39163 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39169 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39173 ) can display every character.
39181 \begin_layout Description
39182 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39186 \begin_layout Description
39188 \begin_inset space ~
39192 \begin_inset space ~
39195 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39196 \begin_inset space ~
39200 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39202 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39209 \begin_layout Description
39211 \begin_inset space ~
39214 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39217 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39227 \begin_layout Description
39229 \begin_inset space ~
39232 Quote Inserts this quote:
39233 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39239 \begin_layout Description
39241 \begin_inset space ~
39244 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39248 \begin_layout Description
39250 \begin_inset space ~
39253 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39257 \begin_layout Description
39259 \begin_inset space ~
39262 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39266 \begin_layout Description
39268 \begin_inset space ~
39272 \begin_inset Index idx
39275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39282 \begin_inset Index idx
39285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39286 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39291 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
39292 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
39293 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
39298 \begin_inset Index idx
39301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39302 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39308 \begin_inset Newline newline
39311 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
39315 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39323 and this Wiki-page:
39324 \begin_inset Newline newline
39328 \begin_inset Flex URL
39331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39333 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39341 \begin_layout Subsection
39345 \begin_layout Standard
39346 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39349 \begin_layout Description
39350 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39351 \begin_inset script superscript
39353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39362 \begin_layout Description
39363 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39364 \begin_inset script subscript
39366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39375 \begin_layout Description
39377 \begin_inset space ~
39380 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39381 \begin_inset space ~
39385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39387 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39394 \begin_layout Description
39396 \begin_inset space ~
39399 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39400 \begin_inset space ~
39404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39406 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39413 \begin_layout Description
39415 \begin_inset space ~
39418 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39419 \begin_inset space ~
39423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39425 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39432 \begin_layout Description
39434 \begin_inset space ~
39437 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39438 \begin_inset space ~
39442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39444 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39451 \begin_layout Description
39453 \begin_inset space ~
39456 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39457 \begin_inset space ~
39461 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39463 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39470 \begin_layout Description
39472 \begin_inset space ~
39475 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39476 \begin_inset space ~
39480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39482 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39489 \begin_layout Description
39490 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39491 \begin_inset space ~
39495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39497 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39504 \begin_layout Description
39506 \begin_inset space ~
39509 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39510 \begin_inset space ~
39514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39516 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39523 \begin_layout Description
39525 \begin_inset space ~
39528 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39529 \begin_inset space ~
39533 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39535 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39542 \begin_layout Description
39544 \begin_inset space ~
39548 \begin_inset space ~
39551 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39552 \begin_inset space ~
39556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39558 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39565 \begin_layout Description
39567 \begin_inset space ~
39570 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39571 text line to the page border, see section
39572 \begin_inset space ~
39576 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39578 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39585 \begin_layout Description
39587 \begin_inset space ~
39590 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39591 \begin_inset space ~
39595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39597 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39604 \begin_layout Description
39606 \begin_inset space ~
39609 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39610 text page to the page border, described in section
39611 \begin_inset space ~
39615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39617 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39624 \begin_layout Description
39626 \begin_inset space ~
39629 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39630 \begin_inset space ~
39634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39636 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39643 \begin_layout Description
39645 \begin_inset space ~
39649 \begin_inset space ~
39652 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
39653 \begin_inset space ~
39657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39659 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39666 \begin_layout Subsection
39670 \begin_layout Standard
39671 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
39672 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
39674 \begin_inset space ~
39678 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39680 reference "sec:toc"
39685 The index list is described in section
39686 \begin_inset space ~
39690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39692 reference "sec:Index"
39696 , the nomenclature in section
39697 \begin_inset space ~
39701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39703 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39707 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
39708 \begin_inset space ~
39712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39714 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
39721 \begin_layout Subsection
39725 \begin_layout Standard
39726 To insert floats, described in section
39727 \begin_inset space ~
39731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39733 reference "sec:Floats"
39740 \begin_layout Subsection
39744 \begin_layout Standard
39745 To insert notes, described in section
39746 \begin_inset space ~
39750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39752 reference "sec:Notes"
39759 \begin_layout Subsection
39763 \begin_layout Standard
39764 Inserts branch insets as described in section
39765 \begin_inset space ~
39769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39771 reference "sec:Branches"
39778 \begin_layout Subsection
39782 \begin_layout Standard
39783 Inserts document class-specific insets.
39784 Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain
39786 An example is the document class
39787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39794 with three custom insets.
39797 Flex insets and InsetLayout
39803 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
39806 \begin_layout Subsection
39808 \begin_inset Index idx
39811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39820 \begin_layout Standard
39821 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
39822 files in your document.
39823 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
39830 \begin_inset space ~
39838 \begin_layout Subsection
39840 \begin_inset Index idx
39843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39852 \begin_layout Standard
39853 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
39854 \begin_inset space ~
39858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39860 reference "sec:Minipages"
39865 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
39872 \begin_inset space ~
39880 \begin_layout Subsection
39884 \begin_layout Standard
39885 Inserts a citation as described in section
39886 \begin_inset space ~
39890 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39892 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39899 \begin_layout Subsection
39903 \begin_layout Standard
39904 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
39905 \begin_inset space ~
39909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39911 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39918 \begin_layout Subsection
39922 \begin_layout Standard
39923 Inserts a label as described in section
39924 \begin_inset space ~
39928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39930 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39937 \begin_layout Subsection
39939 \begin_inset Index idx
39942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39949 \begin_inset Index idx
39952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39953 Longtables ! Caption
39961 \begin_layout Standard
39962 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
39963 Floats are described in section
39964 \begin_inset space ~
39968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39970 reference "sec:Floats"
39974 , captions in longtables are described in the section
39981 \begin_inset space ~
39989 \begin_layout Subsection
39993 \begin_layout Standard
39994 Inserts an index entry as described in section
39995 \begin_inset space ~
39999 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40001 reference "sec:Index"
40008 \begin_layout Subsection
40012 \begin_layout Standard
40013 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
40014 \begin_inset space ~
40018 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40020 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40027 \begin_layout Subsection
40031 \begin_layout Standard
40033 Tables are described in section
40034 \begin_inset space ~
40038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40040 reference "sec:Tables"
40047 \begin_layout Subsection
40051 \begin_layout Standard
40053 Graphics are described in section
40054 \begin_inset space ~
40058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40060 reference "sec:Graphics"
40067 \begin_layout Subsection
40071 \begin_layout Standard
40072 Inserts an URL as described in section
40073 \begin_inset space ~
40077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40079 reference "sub:URLs"
40086 \begin_layout Subsection
40090 \begin_layout Standard
40091 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40092 \begin_inset space ~
40096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40098 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40105 \begin_layout Subsection
40109 \begin_layout Standard
40110 Inserts a footnote, see section
40111 \begin_inset space ~
40115 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40117 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40124 \begin_layout Subsection
40128 \begin_layout Standard
40129 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40130 \begin_inset space ~
40134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40136 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40143 \begin_layout Subsection
40147 \begin_layout Standard
40148 Inserts a short title, see section
40149 \begin_inset space ~
40153 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40155 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40162 \begin_layout Subsection
40166 \begin_layout Standard
40167 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40168 \begin_inset space ~
40172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40174 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40181 \begin_layout Subsection
40183 \begin_inset Index idx
40186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40195 \begin_layout Standard
40196 Inserts a program listings box.
40197 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40199 Program Code Listings
40204 \begin_inset space ~
40212 \begin_layout Subsection
40216 \begin_layout Standard
40217 Inserts the actual date.
40218 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40220 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40228 \begin_inset space ~
40236 \begin_layout Section
40238 \begin_inset Index idx
40241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40250 \begin_layout Standard
40251 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40252 \begin_inset space ~
40255 of the current document.
40256 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
40259 \begin_layout Subsection
40263 \begin_layout Standard
40264 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40265 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40271 \begin_inset space \space{}
40275 \begin_inset space ~
40279 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40280 \begin_inset space ~
40283 2.5 and use the submenu
40286 \begin_inset space ~
40290 \begin_inset space ~
40297 \begin_inset space ~
40303 \begin_inset space ~
40307 \begin_inset space ~
40313 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40317 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40323 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40329 \begin_layout Standard
40330 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40331 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40334 \begin_layout Subsection
40335 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40338 \begin_layout Standard
40339 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40343 \begin_layout Subsection
40347 \begin_layout Standard
40348 Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40349 Sets the cursor before the referenced label.
40350 (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use
40354 \begin_inset space ~
40358 \begin_inset space ~
40366 \begin_layout Subsection
40370 \begin_layout Standard
40371 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
40372 in the output, see section
40375 \begin_inset space ~
40383 \begin_inset space ~
40388 manual for a detailed description.
40391 \begin_layout Section
40393 \begin_inset Index idx
40396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40405 \begin_layout Subsection
40409 \begin_layout Standard
40410 Change Tracking is described in section
40411 \begin_inset space ~
40415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40417 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40424 \begin_layout Subsection
40429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40439 \begin_layout Standard
40440 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40442 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40445 \begin_layout Standard
40446 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40451 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40454 \begin_layout Subsection
40458 \begin_layout Standard
40459 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40460 \begin_inset space ~
40464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40466 reference "sec:Navigating"
40471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40473 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40480 \begin_layout Subsection
40481 Start Appendix Here
40484 \begin_layout Standard
40485 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40486 position as described in section
40487 \begin_inset space ~
40491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40493 reference "sec:Appendices"
40500 \begin_layout Subsection
40504 \begin_layout Standard
40505 Un/compresses the current document.
40508 \begin_layout Subsection
40512 \begin_layout Standard
40513 The document settings are described in appendix
40514 \begin_inset space ~
40518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40520 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
40527 \begin_layout Section
40529 \begin_inset Index idx
40532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40541 \begin_layout Subsection
40545 \begin_layout Standard
40546 Spell checking is explained in section
40547 \begin_inset space ~
40551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40553 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40560 \begin_layout Subsection
40564 \begin_layout Standard
40565 The thesaurus is described in section
40566 \begin_inset space ~
40570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40572 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40579 \begin_layout Subsection
40581 \begin_inset Index idx
40584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40591 \begin_inset Index idx
40594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40603 \begin_layout Standard
40604 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
40608 \begin_layout Subsection
40610 \begin_inset Index idx
40613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40622 \begin_layout Standard
40623 Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst
40627 \begin_layout Subsection
40629 \begin_inset Index idx
40632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40633 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
40637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40644 Reconfiguration of LyX
40648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40661 \begin_inset Index idx
40664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40665 Reconfiguration of LyX
40673 \begin_layout Standard
40674 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
40675 and programs it needs; see also section
40676 \begin_inset space ~
40680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40682 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
40689 \begin_layout Subsection
40693 \begin_layout Standard
40694 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
40695 \begin_inset space ~
40699 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40701 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
40708 \begin_layout Section
40710 \begin_inset Index idx
40713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40722 \begin_layout Standard
40723 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
40725 Is a file not available in this language, the English version will be listed.
40728 \begin_layout Standard
40732 \begin_inset space ~
40737 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
40738 found by LyX (see also section
40739 \begin_inset space ~
40743 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40745 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
40752 \begin_layout Section
40754 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40756 name "sec:Toolbars"
40763 \begin_layout Standard
40764 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
40765 \begin_inset space ~
40769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40771 reference "sub:Toolbars"
40778 \begin_layout Standard
40779 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
40780 This is described in the
40782 Additional Features
40787 \begin_layout Subsection
40789 \begin_inset Index idx
40792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40801 \begin_layout Standard
40802 \begin_inset Graphics
40803 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
40811 \begin_layout Standard
40812 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40818 \begin_layout Standard
40819 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40836 \begin_inset Note Note
40839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40840 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
40845 manual for more information.
40853 \begin_layout Standard
40854 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40860 \begin_layout Standard
40861 \begin_inset Tabular
40862 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
40863 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40864 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40865 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40871 \begin_inset Graphics
40872 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
40882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40886 pull-down box for the environments
40899 \begin_layout Standard
40900 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
40906 \begin_layout Standard
40908 \begin_inset Tabular
40909 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
40910 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40911 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40912 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40913 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40936 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40943 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40966 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40973 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40996 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41003 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41012 arg "dialog-show print"
41020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41026 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41033 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41042 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41056 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41063 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41086 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41093 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41116 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41123 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41146 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41153 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41176 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41183 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41206 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41213 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41222 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41236 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41238 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41242 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41251 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41260 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41274 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41275 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41282 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41303 Emphasize text, function of the
41305 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41307 \begin_inset space ~
41318 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41339 Set text to noun style, function of the
41341 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41343 \begin_inset space ~
41354 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41363 arg "textstyle-apply"
41371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41375 Formats text using the current settings in the
41377 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41379 \begin_inset space ~
41390 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41413 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41414 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41416 \begin_inset space ~
41425 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41434 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41448 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41455 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41462 arg "tabular-insert"
41470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41476 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41483 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41492 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41504 Toggle outline window on/off,
41506 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41513 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41522 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41534 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41540 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41549 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41561 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41574 \begin_layout Subsection
41576 \begin_inset Index idx
41579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41588 \begin_layout Standard
41589 \begin_inset Graphics
41590 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41598 \begin_layout Standard
41599 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41605 \begin_layout Standard
41606 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41610 \begin_layout Standard
41611 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41617 \begin_layout Standard
41618 \begin_inset Tabular
41619 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
41620 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41621 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41622 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41623 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41650 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41659 arg "layout Enumerate"
41667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41677 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41686 arg "layout Itemize"
41694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41704 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41731 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41740 arg "layout Description"
41748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41758 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41767 arg "depth-increment"
41775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41781 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41783 \begin_inset space ~
41787 \begin_inset space ~
41796 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41805 arg "depth-decrement"
41813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41819 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41821 \begin_inset space ~
41825 \begin_inset space ~
41834 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41843 arg "float-insert figure"
41851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41857 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41858 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41865 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41874 arg "float-insert table"
41882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41888 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41889 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41896 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41919 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41926 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41935 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
41943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41949 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41956 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41965 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
41973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41979 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41986 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42009 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42011 \begin_inset space ~
42020 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42029 arg "nomencl-insert"
42037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42043 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42045 \begin_inset space ~
42054 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42063 arg "footnote-insert"
42071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42077 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42084 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42093 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42107 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42109 \begin_inset space ~
42118 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42141 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42142 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42144 \begin_inset space ~
42153 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42162 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42176 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42183 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42206 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42213 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42236 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42253 \begin_inset space ~
42262 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42271 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42285 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42286 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42293 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42302 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42316 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42317 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42319 \begin_inset space ~
42328 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42337 arg "dialog-show character"
42345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42351 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42353 \begin_inset space ~
42362 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42371 arg "layout-paragraph"
42379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42385 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42387 \begin_inset space ~
42396 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42405 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42419 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42433 \begin_layout Subsection
42434 View / Update Toolbar
42435 \begin_inset Index idx
42438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42439 Toolbar ! View / Update
42447 \begin_layout Standard
42448 \begin_inset Graphics
42449 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42456 \begin_layout Standard
42457 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42463 \begin_layout Standard
42464 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42468 \begin_layout Standard
42469 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42475 \begin_layout Standard
42476 \begin_inset Tabular
42477 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42478 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42479 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42480 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42481 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42504 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42511 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42520 arg "buffer-update"
42528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42534 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42541 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42550 arg "master-buffer-view"
42558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42564 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42571 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42580 arg "master-buffer-update"
42588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42594 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42596 \begin_inset space ~
42605 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42614 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
42622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42628 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42629 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42630 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42631 Synchronize with Output
42637 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42642 \begin_inset Graphics
42643 filename ../images/view-others.png
42645 groupId toolbarbuttons
42656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42662 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42663 View (Other Formats)
42669 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42674 \begin_inset Graphics
42675 filename ../images/update-others.png
42677 groupId toolbarbuttons
42686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42692 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42693 Update (Other Formats)
42706 \begin_layout Standard
42707 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
42711 \begin_layout Subsection
42715 \begin_layout Standard
42716 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
42717 \begin_inset space ~
42721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42723 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
42727 , the table toolbar
42728 \begin_inset Index idx
42731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42740 \begin_inset space ~
42745 manual, the math macro toolbar
42746 \begin_inset Index idx
42749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42762 \begin_layout Chapter
42763 The Document Settings
42764 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42766 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
42771 \begin_inset Index idx
42774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42775 Document ! Settings
42783 \begin_layout Standard
42784 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
42785 whole document and is called with the menu
42787 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42791 You can save your document settings as default with the
42793 Save as Document Defaults
42795 button in the dialog.
42796 This will create a template named
42800 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
42804 \begin_layout Standard
42809 resets the document settings to the default of the document class.
42810 This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC.
42813 \begin_layout Standard
42814 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
42817 \begin_layout Section
42821 \begin_layout Standard
42822 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
42824 Document classes are described in section
42825 \begin_inset space ~
42829 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42831 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
42839 \begin_layout Standard
42843 \begin_inset space ~
42848 you can load you own layout-file, that is not in LyX's
42852 folder and thus not recognized by LyX as layout for a document class.
42853 For more about layout-files, see the chapter
42855 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
42864 \begin_layout Standard
42865 Some classes use special class options by default.
42866 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
42870 and you can decide to use them or not.
42871 If you do not exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
42872 recommended to use them untouched.
42877 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
42882 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
42883 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
42888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42889 When you want to use one of the following drivers
42890 \begin_inset Newline newline
42895 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
42898 \begin_inset Newline newline
42901 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see section
42907 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42909 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
42921 \begin_layout Standard
42922 Specifying a master document is necessary if the current document is a child
42924 The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child
42925 document is opened without its master.
42926 This way child documents are always compilable.
42927 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
42934 \begin_inset space ~
42942 \begin_layout Standard
42943 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
42953 \begin_inset Index idx
42956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42957 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
42963 \begin_inset Index idx
42966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42967 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
42972 for cross-references, see sec.
42973 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42977 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42979 reference "sec:Cross-References"
42986 \begin_layout Section
42990 \begin_layout Standard
42991 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
42992 Please refer to the section
42995 \begin_inset space ~
43003 \begin_inset space ~
43008 manual for details.
43011 \begin_layout Section
43015 \begin_layout Standard
43016 Modules are explained in section
43017 \begin_inset space ~
43021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43023 reference "sub:Modules"
43030 \begin_layout Section
43034 \begin_layout Standard
43036 \begin_inset space ~
43040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43042 reference "sub:Local-Layout"
43049 \begin_layout Section
43053 \begin_layout Standard
43054 The document font settings are described in section
43055 \begin_inset space ~
43059 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43061 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
43068 \begin_layout Section
43072 \begin_layout Standard
43073 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
43075 The line spacing and the number of text columns can also be specified here.
43078 \begin_layout Standard
43079 Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
43080 That would be impractical, often unreadable and is not part of the WYSIWYM
43082 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
43085 \begin_layout Section
43089 \begin_layout Standard
43090 A description of this menu is given in section
43091 \begin_inset space ~
43095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43097 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
43102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43104 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
43111 \begin_layout Section
43115 \begin_layout Standard
43116 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43117 \begin_inset space ~
43121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43123 reference "sub:Margins"
43130 \begin_layout Section
43132 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43134 name "sec:Language-encodings"
43139 \begin_inset Index idx
43142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43143 Language ! Encoding
43151 \begin_layout Standard
43152 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43153 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43154 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43155 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43156 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43157 known for a particular character).
43161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43162 The known commands are defined in a text file (
43167 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43172 manual for details.
43180 \begin_layout Standard
43181 If you use the option
43185 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43186 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43187 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43188 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43189 exactly one encoding.
43190 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43193 \begin_layout Standard
43194 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43195 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43196 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
43197 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43198 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43199 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43204 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43205 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43206 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43207 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43208 engines to standard LaTeX.
43209 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43210 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43213 \begin_inset space ~
43220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43232 \begin_inset space ~
43239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43251 \begin_inset space ~
43257 \begin_inset space ~
43261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43263 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43268 So if you are using many special or accented characters and
43272 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
43275 \begin_layout Standard
43279 \begin_inset space ~
43284 determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
43286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43294 The possible settings are:
43297 \begin_layout Description
43298 Default uses the language package that is selected in
43300 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43301 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43305 \begin_inset space ~
43309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43311 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43318 \begin_layout Description
43319 Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
43320 format you will use.
43321 In many cases this will be
43326 \begin_inset Index idx
43329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43330 LaTeX-packages ! babel
43336 If the newer package
43341 \begin_inset Index idx
43344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43345 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
43350 is more appropriate (is the case when using XeTeX and/or non-TeX fonts),
43351 this package will be used instead of
43358 \begin_layout Description
43360 \begin_inset space ~
43371 would be more appropriate.
43374 \begin_layout Description
43375 Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
43376 For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
43380 (for German texts), type in
43383 \begin_inset Newline newline
43388 usepackage{ngerman}
43391 \begin_layout Description
43392 None will not use a language package.
43393 This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
43396 \begin_layout Standard
43397 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43400 \begin_layout Description
43402 \begin_inset space ~
43406 \begin_inset space ~
43410 \begin_inset space ~
43417 , but the LaTeX-package
43422 \begin_inset Index idx
43425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43426 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43432 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43433 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43434 languages in TeX code.
43437 \begin_layout Description
43438 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43439 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43440 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43443 \begin_layout Description
43445 \begin_inset space ~
43449 \begin_inset space ~
43452 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43455 \begin_layout Description
43457 \begin_inset space ~
43461 \begin_inset space ~
43464 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43467 \begin_layout Description
43469 \begin_inset space ~
43472 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43475 \begin_layout Description
43477 \begin_inset space ~
43481 \begin_inset space ~
43484 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43485 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43488 \begin_layout Description
43490 \begin_inset space ~
43494 \begin_inset space ~
43497 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43501 \begin_layout Description
43503 \begin_inset space ~
43507 \begin_inset space ~
43510 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43511 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43514 \begin_layout Description
43516 \begin_inset space ~
43520 \begin_inset space ~
43524 \begin_inset space ~
43527 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43528 \begin_inset space ~
43534 \begin_layout Description
43536 \begin_inset space ~
43540 \begin_inset space ~
43544 \begin_inset space ~
43547 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43548 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43551 \begin_layout Description
43553 \begin_inset space ~
43557 \begin_inset space ~
43560 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43561 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43562 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43563 \begin_inset space ~
43567 \begin_inset space ~
43573 \begin_layout Description
43575 \begin_inset space ~
43579 \begin_inset space ~
43582 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43583 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43584 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
43585 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43586 \begin_inset space ~
43590 \begin_inset space ~
43596 \begin_layout Description
43598 \begin_inset space ~
43602 \begin_inset space ~
43605 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
43608 \begin_layout Description
43610 \begin_inset space ~
43614 \begin_inset space ~
43617 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
43620 \begin_layout Description
43622 \begin_inset space ~
43626 \begin_inset space ~
43629 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
43632 \begin_layout Description
43634 \begin_inset space ~
43637 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
43640 \begin_layout Description
43642 \begin_inset space ~
43645 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
43648 \begin_layout Description
43650 \begin_inset space ~
43654 \begin_inset space ~
43657 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
43660 \begin_layout Description
43662 \begin_inset space ~
43666 \begin_inset space ~
43672 \begin_layout Description
43674 \begin_inset space ~
43678 \begin_inset space ~
43681 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
43684 \begin_layout Description
43686 \begin_inset space ~
43690 \begin_inset space ~
43696 \begin_layout Description
43698 \begin_inset space ~
43702 \begin_inset space ~
43705 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43710 \begin_inset Index idx
43713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43714 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43719 , when using this, set the document language to
43724 \begin_layout Description
43726 \begin_inset space ~
43730 \begin_inset space ~
43733 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43737 , when using this, set the document language to
43740 \begin_inset space ~
43746 \begin_layout Description
43748 \begin_inset space ~
43752 \begin_inset space ~
43755 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43760 \begin_inset Index idx
43763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43764 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
43769 , when using this, set the document language to
43774 \begin_layout Description
43776 \begin_inset space ~
43780 \begin_inset space ~
43783 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43787 , when using this, set the document language to
43792 \begin_layout Description
43794 \begin_inset space ~
43798 \begin_inset space ~
43801 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43805 , when using this, set the document language to
43810 \begin_layout Description
43812 \begin_inset space ~
43815 (EUC-KR) for Korean
43818 \begin_layout Description
43820 \begin_inset space ~
43824 \begin_inset space ~
43828 \begin_inset space ~
43831 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
43834 \begin_layout Description
43836 \begin_inset space ~
43840 \begin_inset space ~
43844 \begin_inset space ~
43847 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
43848 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
43849 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
43852 \begin_layout Description
43854 \begin_inset space ~
43858 \begin_inset space ~
43864 \begin_layout Description
43866 \begin_inset space ~
43870 \begin_inset space ~
43873 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
43874 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
43877 \begin_layout Description
43879 \begin_inset space ~
43883 \begin_inset space ~
43886 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
43891 \begin_inset Index idx
43894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43895 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43900 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
43903 \begin_layout Description
43905 \begin_inset space ~
43909 \begin_inset space ~
43912 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
43920 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
43925 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
43927 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
43930 \begin_layout Description
43932 \begin_inset space ~
43936 \begin_inset space ~
43939 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43944 \begin_inset Index idx
43947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43948 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
43953 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
43956 \begin_layout Description
43958 \begin_inset space ~
43961 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43966 \begin_inset Index idx
43969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43970 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43976 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
43980 \begin_layout Description
43982 \begin_inset space ~
43986 \begin_inset space ~
43990 \begin_inset space ~
43993 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
43994 \begin_inset space ~
44000 \begin_layout Description
44002 \begin_inset space ~
44006 \begin_inset space ~
44010 \begin_inset space ~
44013 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
44014 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
44015 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
44019 \begin_layout Description
44021 \begin_inset space ~
44025 \begin_inset space ~
44029 \begin_inset space ~
44032 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
44033 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
44036 \begin_layout Standard
44037 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
44040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44041 LatexCommand formatted
44042 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
44046 for more information on the language package.
44049 \begin_layout Section
44051 \begin_inset Index idx
44054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44061 \begin_inset Index idx
44064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44073 \begin_layout Standard
44074 Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and
44076 \begin_inset space ~
44079 out notes (default: light grey).
44084 sets the color back to the default.
44087 \begin_layout Standard
44088 You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white)
44090 \begin_inset space ~
44093 boxes (default: red).
44096 \begin_layout Standard
44097 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44101 The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output.
44103 \begin_inset space ~
44106 out note appears blue in the output.)
44114 \begin_layout Standard
44115 Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option
44118 \begin_inset space ~
44123 in the document settings under
44126 \begin_inset space ~
44131 , you probably also need to change the link font color by using
44134 \begin_inset space ~
44142 \begin_inset space ~
44148 For example the option
44151 \begin_layout Standard
44157 \begin_layout Standard
44158 sets the link text color to black.
44159 For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package
44164 \begin_inset Index idx
44167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44168 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44174 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44183 \begin_layout Standard
44184 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
44190 \begin_layout Standard
44191 You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every
44192 page in your document if you use these commands as TeX
44193 \begin_inset space ~
44196 Code behind a forced page break:
44199 \begin_layout Itemize
44200 For the page color:
44201 \begin_inset Newline newline
44208 pagecolor{color name}
44211 \begin_layout Itemize
44212 For the text color:
44213 \begin_inset Newline newline
44223 \begin_layout Standard
44224 The color name can hereby be one of these:
44257 \begin_inset Newline newline
44260 If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the
44264 \begin_layout Itemize
44265 For the page background color:
44266 \begin_inset Newline newline
44271 page_backgroundcolor
44274 \begin_layout Itemize
44275 For the main text color:
44276 \begin_inset Newline newline
44284 \begin_layout Itemize
44286 \begin_inset space ~
44289 box background color:
44290 \begin_inset Newline newline
44298 \begin_layout Itemize
44300 \begin_inset space ~
44303 out note text color:
44304 \begin_inset Newline newline
44312 \begin_layout Standard
44313 How to define and use custom colors, see section
44316 \begin_inset space ~
44324 \begin_inset space ~
44332 \begin_layout Section
44336 \begin_layout Standard
44337 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
44338 depth in the table of contents as described in section
44339 \begin_inset space ~
44343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44345 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
44352 \begin_layout Section
44356 \begin_layout Standard
44357 Here you can specify a citation style using the LaTeX packages
44362 \begin_inset Index idx
44365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44366 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
44376 \begin_inset Index idx
44379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44380 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
44386 You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the LaTeX package
44391 \begin_inset Index idx
44394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44395 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
44400 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
44402 For a further description see section
44403 \begin_inset space ~
44407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44409 reference "sec:Bibliography"
44416 \begin_layout Section
44420 \begin_layout Standard
44421 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
44422 and you can define additional indexes.
44423 Please refer to section
44424 \begin_inset space ~
44428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44430 reference "sec:Index"
44437 \begin_layout Section
44441 \begin_layout Standard
44442 The PDF properties are explained in section
44443 \begin_inset space ~
44447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44449 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
44456 \begin_layout Section
44460 \begin_layout Standard
44461 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44466 \begin_inset Index idx
44469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44470 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
44480 \begin_inset Index idx
44483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44484 LaTeX-packages ! esint
44494 \begin_inset Index idx
44497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44498 LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
44508 \begin_inset Index idx
44511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44512 LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
44517 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
44520 \begin_layout Description
44521 amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
44522 ensure that you have enabled
44525 \begin_inset space ~
44533 \begin_layout Description
44534 esint is used for special integral characters, see section
44537 \begin_inset space ~
44549 \begin_layout Description
44550 mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
44561 \begin_layout Description
44562 mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
44564 Chemical Symbols and Equations
44573 \begin_layout Section
44577 \begin_layout Standard
44578 The float placement options are described in section
44581 \begin_inset space ~
44589 \begin_inset space ~
44597 \begin_layout Section
44601 \begin_layout Standard
44602 The listings settings are explained in chapter
44604 Program Code Listings
44609 \begin_inset space ~
44617 \begin_layout Section
44621 \begin_layout Standard
44622 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
44623 The itemize environment is described in section
44624 \begin_inset space ~
44628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44630 reference "sec:Itemize"
44637 \begin_layout Section
44641 \begin_layout Standard
44642 Branches are described in section
44643 \begin_inset space ~
44647 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44649 reference "sec:Branches"
44656 \begin_layout Section
44658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44660 name "sec:Doc-Output"
44667 \begin_layout Standard
44668 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
44671 \begin_layout Description
44673 \begin_inset space ~
44677 \begin_inset space ~
44680 Format: The format that is used when you hit
44681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44700 View Master Document
44701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44708 Update Master Document
44709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44716 menu or the toolbar.
44717 The default is set in
44719 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44720 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44724 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44729 LatexCommand formatted
44730 reference "sec:File-Formats"
44737 \begin_layout Description
44739 \begin_inset space ~
44743 \begin_inset space ~
44746 Output settings for the menu
44748 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44750 \begin_inset space ~
44756 For a detailed description see section
44758 Reverse DVI/PDF search
44763 \begin_inset space ~
44771 \begin_layout Description
44773 \begin_inset space ~
44777 \begin_inset space ~
44780 Options settings for the export format
44788 \begin_inset space ~
44793 will assure that the output follows exactly version
44794 \begin_inset space ~
44797 1.1 of the XHTML standard.
44801 \begin_inset space ~
44806 settings are described in detail in section
44808 Math Output in XHTML
44813 \begin_inset space ~
44819 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
44822 \begin_layout Section
44827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44837 \begin_layout Standard
44838 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
44839 to define LaTeX-commands.
44840 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
44841 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
44845 \begin_layout Standard
44846 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
44847 \begin_inset space ~
44851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44853 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
44860 \begin_layout Chapter
44866 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44868 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
44873 \begin_inset Index idx
44876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44885 \begin_layout Standard
44886 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
44888 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44892 It has the following submenus.
44895 \begin_layout Section
44899 \begin_layout Subsection
44903 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44904 User Interface File
44905 \begin_inset Index idx
44908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44909 Customization ! of toolbars
44915 \begin_inset Index idx
44918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44919 Customization ! of menus
44927 \begin_layout Standard
44928 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
44929 interface (ui) file.
44930 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
44931 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
44940 Both files are loaded by the
44945 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
44946 files and edit the entries.
44949 \begin_layout Standard
44950 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
44962 entries must be finished with an explicit
44987 and in the case of the
44988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45000 The syntax for the entries is:
45003 \begin_layout Standard
45004 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45032 \begin_layout Standard
45034 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45037 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
45039 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45041 \begin_inset space ~
45049 \begin_layout Standard
45050 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45056 \begin_layout Standard
45057 An example: Assuming you use the menu
45059 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45062 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
45066 \begin_layout Standard
45067 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45091 \begin_layout Standard
45093 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45096 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
45099 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45103 \begin_layout Standard
45104 Here you can change the appearance of LyX's toolbar buttons.
45105 The currently available icon sets are compared in
45106 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45109 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
45116 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45120 \begin_layout Standard
45123 Enable tool tips in main work area
45125 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
45129 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45133 \begin_layout Standard
45136 Restore window layouts and geometries
45138 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
45139 in the last LyX session.
45142 \begin_layout Standard
45145 Restore cursor positions
45147 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
45151 \begin_layout Standard
45154 Load opened files from last session
45156 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
45159 \begin_layout Standard
45162 Clear all session information
45164 deletes all information from previous LyX sessions (cursor positions, names
45165 of last opened documents, etc.).
45168 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45170 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45172 name "sub:Backup documents"
45177 \begin_inset Index idx
45180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45189 \begin_layout Standard
45192 Backup original documents when saving
45194 creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when
45195 it was saved the last time.
45196 It is stored in the same folder as your document or in the
45199 \begin_inset space ~
45205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45207 reference "sec:Paths"
45212 The backup file has the file extension
45213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45227 \begin_layout Standard
45230 Backup documents, every
45232 , you can specify the time between backup saves.
45235 \begin_layout Standard
45238 Save documents compressed by default
45240 saves the files always in a compressed format.
45243 \begin_layout Standard
45248 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
45251 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45253 \begin_inset space ~
45261 \begin_layout Standard
45264 Open documents in tabs
45266 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
45270 \begin_layout Standard
45273 Single close-tab button
45275 there will only be one button (
45278 \begin_inset Graphics
45279 filename ../images/closetab.png
45286 ) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
45287 Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
45290 \begin_layout Standard
45291 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45299 For the last option you have to restart LyX before the chang takes effect.
45307 \begin_layout Subsection
45309 \begin_inset Index idx
45312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45321 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
45328 \begin_layout Standard
45329 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
45332 \begin_layout Standard
45333 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45341 This section only deals with the fonts
45346 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
45349 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45350 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45361 \begin_layout Standard
45362 By default, LyX uses
45366 as roman (serif) font,
45374 (depends on the system) as
45377 \begin_inset space ~
45393 \begin_layout Standard
45394 You can change the font size with the
45399 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
45400 current LyX session by pressing
45404 and scrolling the mouse wheel.
45407 \begin_layout Standard
45412 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
45413 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
45415 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45418 points have the size of 1
45419 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45423 \begin_inset space ~
45427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45429 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
45436 \begin_layout Standard
45441 are the same as if a document font size of 10
45442 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45446 The sizes are explained in detail in section
45447 \begin_inset space ~
45451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45453 reference "sub:Document-Font"
45460 \begin_layout Standard
45463 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
45465 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
45466 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
45467 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
45468 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
45470 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
45471 \begin_inset space ~
45477 \begin_layout Subsection
45479 \begin_inset Index idx
45482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45489 \begin_inset Index idx
45492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45501 \begin_layout Standard
45502 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
45503 Choose an item in the list and use the
45510 \begin_layout Standard
45511 By using the option
45515 the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used.
45518 cursor, selection, table line, text, URL
45519 \begin_inset space ~
45523 \begin_inset space ~
45528 are then not customizable and thus not listed.
45531 \begin_layout Subsection
45533 \begin_inset Index idx
45536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45545 \begin_layout Standard
45546 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
45549 \begin_layout Standard
45554 enables previewing snippets of your document.
45555 This feature is described in section
45556 \begin_inset space ~
45560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45562 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
45569 \begin_layout Standard
45573 \begin_inset space ~
45577 \begin_inset space ~
45581 \begin_inset space ~
45586 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
45589 \begin_layout Section
45591 \begin_inset Index idx
45594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45603 \begin_layout Subsection
45607 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45611 \begin_layout Standard
45614 Cursor follows scrollbar
45616 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
45620 \begin_layout Standard
45621 You can adjust the width of the cursor.
45622 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
45623 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
45626 \begin_layout Standard
45629 Scroll below end of document
45631 is self-explanatory.
45634 \begin_layout Standard
45635 In LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing
45642 Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words
45644 the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word.
45645 Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning.
45648 \begin_layout Standard
45651 Sort environments alphabetically
45653 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
45656 \begin_layout Standard
45659 Group environments by their category
45661 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
45664 \begin_layout Standard
45665 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
45677 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45681 \begin_layout Standard
45682 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
45687 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
45688 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
45692 \begin_layout Subsection
45694 \begin_inset Index idx
45697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45704 \begin_inset Index idx
45707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45708 Settings ! Shortcuts
45716 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45720 \begin_layout Standard
45721 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
45722 Several binding files are available:
45725 \begin_layout Description
45726 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
45729 \begin_layout Description
45730 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
45741 \begin_layout Description
45742 mac.bind set of bindings for
45745 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45753 \begin_layout Standard
45754 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
45758 , and bind files for special languages.
45759 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
45760 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45764 \begin_inset space \space{}
45768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45776 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
45780 \begin_layout Standard
45781 Some bind-files, like
45785 , have only a small scope.
45786 When looking at the end of the file
45790 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
45793 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45795 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45797 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
45802 \begin_inset Index idx
45805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45806 Key Bindings ! Editing
45814 \begin_layout Standard
45815 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
45816 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
45817 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
45820 Show key-bindings containing
45823 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
45824 Insert there for example as keyword
45825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45832 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
45834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45842 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
45843 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
45847 that you will find in the
45854 \begin_layout Standard
45856 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45860 \begin_inset space \space{}
45871 , select the function and press the
45876 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
45877 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
45878 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
45879 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
45880 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
45882 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
45884 The binding for the function
45888 is an example of this.
45891 \begin_layout Standard
45892 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
45894 The syntax of the entries is:
45897 \begin_layout Standard
45903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45921 \begin_layout Subsection
45923 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45925 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
45930 \begin_inset Index idx
45933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45940 \begin_inset Index idx
45943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45944 Settings ! Keyboard Map
45952 \begin_layout Standard
45953 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
45954 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
45956 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45960 \begin_inset space \space{}
45963 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
45964 can use the keyboard map file named
45971 \begin_layout Standard
45972 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45980 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
45988 \begin_layout Standard
45989 You can furthermore specify here the
45991 Wheel scrolling speed
45994 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
45998 \begin_layout Standard
46003 you can select a key for zooming.
46004 When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed.
46007 \begin_layout Subsection
46009 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46011 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
46016 \begin_inset Index idx
46019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46028 \begin_layout Standard
46029 Input completion is described in sec.
46030 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46036 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
46041 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
46043 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
46044 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
46048 \begin_layout Section
46050 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46057 \begin_inset Index idx
46060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46067 \begin_inset Index idx
46070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46079 \begin_layout Description
46081 \begin_inset space ~
46084 directory This is LyX's working directory.
46085 It is the default when you
46096 \begin_inset space ~
46104 \begin_layout Description
46106 \begin_inset space ~
46109 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
46111 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46113 \begin_inset space ~
46117 \begin_inset space ~
46125 \begin_layout Description
46127 \begin_inset space ~
46130 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
46136 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46140 \begin_inset Newline newline
46144 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46156 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
46164 \begin_layout Description
46166 \begin_inset space ~
46170 \begin_inset Index idx
46173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46179 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
46180 If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
46181 \begin_inset space ~
46185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46187 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46195 will be used to save the backups.
46196 \begin_inset Newline newline
46199 Backup files have the ending
46200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46210 \begin_layout Description
46215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46222 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a UNIX-pipe.
46223 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
46224 \begin_inset Newline newline
46231 : You add a BibTeX-database test.bib to your document.
46232 You can edit this file with the program
46241 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
46244 \begin_inset space ~
46250 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
46255 and click on the LyX-symbol.
46256 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
46262 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
46263 \begin_inset Newline newline
46267 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46275 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
46283 \begin_layout Description
46285 \begin_inset space ~
46288 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
46291 \begin_layout Description
46293 \begin_inset space ~
46296 directory Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located.
46297 You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does otherwise not work or
46298 if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
46301 \begin_layout Description
46303 \begin_inset space ~
46306 directory Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program
46312 You only need to specify it if you are using
46316 and spell checking does otherwise not work or if you want to use custom/alterna
46322 is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying
46326 \begin_layout Description
46328 \begin_inset space ~
46331 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
46332 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
46333 to find it on the system.
46334 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
46335 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
46337 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46341 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46344 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
46345 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
46348 \begin_layout Description
46350 \begin_inset space ~
46353 prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows to use external files which
46354 are included to a LyX document via commands in TeX code.
46355 This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by
46357 The prefix can be set to any list of paths separated by the default separator
46358 of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on windows).
46359 If files are included by LaTeX, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix
46360 will be scanned for the input files.
46361 Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered
46362 to be relative to the directory of your LyX file.
46363 It is recommended to include always the '.' as one of the paths, otherwise
46364 compilation may fail for some documents.
46367 \begin_layout Section
46371 \begin_layout Standard
46372 Here you can insert your name and email address.
46373 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
46375 \begin_inset space ~
46379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46381 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
46385 , to mark changes you make as yours.
46388 \begin_layout Section
46390 \begin_inset Index idx
46393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46394 Language ! Settings
46400 \begin_inset Index idx
46403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46404 Settings ! Language
46412 \begin_layout Subsection
46414 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46416 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
46423 \begin_layout Description
46425 \begin_inset space ~
46429 \begin_inset space ~
46432 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
46433 You find the actual translation status here:
46434 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46436 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
46443 \begin_layout Description
46445 \begin_inset space ~
46448 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
46450 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
46451 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
46452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46468 The most widespread language package is
46473 \begin_inset Index idx
46476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46477 LaTeX-packages ! babel
46482 , it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
46483 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
46484 with the alternative language package
46489 \begin_inset Index idx
46492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46493 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
46498 that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
46499 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
46501 The available selections are described in sec.
46502 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46508 reference "sec:Language-encodings"
46515 \begin_layout Description
46517 \begin_inset space ~
46521 \begin_inset space ~
46524 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
46528 \begin_layout Description
46530 \begin_inset space ~
46533 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
46534 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
46535 An example is the start command
46541 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
46546 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
46561 selectlanguage{$$lang}
46566 \begin_layout Description
46568 \begin_inset space ~
46576 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
46577 command toggles the package on and off.
46580 \begin_layout Description
46582 \begin_inset space ~
46586 \begin_inset space ~
46589 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
46590 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
46591 used by all LaTeX-packages.
46592 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
46599 \begin_layout Description
46601 \begin_inset space ~
46604 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
46606 When this option is not set, the
46609 \begin_inset space ~
46614 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
46615 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
46618 \begin_inset space ~
46626 \begin_layout Description
46628 \begin_inset space ~
46634 \begin_inset space ~
46640 When it is not set, the
46643 \begin_inset space ~
46648 is set to the end of the document.
46651 \begin_layout Description
46653 \begin_inset space ~
46657 \begin_inset space ~
46660 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
46661 language will be underlined blue.
46664 \begin_layout Description
46666 \begin_inset space ~
46670 \begin_inset space ~
46673 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
46674 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
46677 \begin_layout Description
46679 \begin_inset space ~
46682 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
46683 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
46684 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
46685 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
46688 \begin_layout Subsection
46692 \begin_layout Standard
46693 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
46694 \begin_inset space ~
46698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46700 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
46707 \begin_layout Section
46711 \begin_layout Subsection
46713 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46720 \begin_inset Index idx
46723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46730 \begin_inset Index idx
46733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46742 \begin_layout Description
46744 \begin_inset space ~
46747 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
46748 The name will be used when the
46753 \begin_inset Newline newline
46757 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46765 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
46773 \begin_layout Description
46775 \begin_inset space ~
46778 command is the command LyX
46779 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46783 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46786 LaTeX uses for printing.
46787 The default is on most systems
46794 \begin_layout Description
46796 \begin_inset space ~
46800 \begin_inset space ~
46803 Options Here you can specify printer options.
46804 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
46805 of the program that provides the
46812 \begin_layout Description
46814 \begin_inset space ~
46818 \begin_inset space ~
46822 \begin_inset space ~
46825 printer This option works only for the
46830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46842 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
46843 This is an option only for dvips experts.
46846 \begin_layout Subsection
46848 \begin_inset Index idx
46851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46858 \begin_inset Index idx
46861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46862 Settings ! Date format
46870 \begin_layout Standard
46871 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
46872 \begin_inset Newline newline
46876 \begin_inset Flex URL
46879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46881 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
46887 \begin_inset Newline newline
46890 For example the format
46891 \begin_inset Newline newline
46895 \begin_inset Newline newline
46898 prints the date as day/month/year.
46901 \begin_layout Subsection
46905 \begin_layout Description
46907 \begin_inset space ~
46911 \begin_inset space ~
46914 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
46917 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46918 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46920 \begin_inset space ~
46926 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
46930 \begin_layout Description
46932 \begin_inset space ~
46935 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
46940 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
46941 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
46944 \begin_layout Subsection
46949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46957 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46959 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
46964 \begin_inset Index idx
46967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46976 \begin_layout Description
46978 \begin_inset space ~
46985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46993 \begin_inset space ~
46997 \begin_inset space ~
47000 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
47005 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
47027 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
47028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47040 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
47041 LyX sets up in the background.
47042 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
47045 \begin_layout Description
47047 \begin_inset space ~
47051 \begin_inset space ~
47054 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
47059 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
47062 \begin_layout Standard
47063 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
47064 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
47065 manuals of the applications.
47066 Currently the following commands can be set:
47069 \begin_layout Description
47074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47082 \begin_inset space ~
47085 command Command for the program
47089 that is described in the section
47095 Additional Features
47100 \begin_layout Description
47105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47113 \begin_inset space ~
47116 command Command for the program
47120 that generates the bibliography, see section
47121 \begin_inset space ~
47125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47127 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
47134 \begin_layout Description
47136 \begin_inset space ~
47139 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
47140 \begin_inset space ~
47144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47146 reference "sub:Index-Program"
47153 \begin_layout Description
47155 \begin_inset space ~
47158 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
47159 \begin_inset space ~
47163 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47165 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
47172 \begin_layout Description
47174 \begin_inset space ~
47178 \begin_inset space ~
47182 \begin_inset space ~
47186 \begin_inset space ~
47189 options They only have an effect when the program
47193 is used as DVI-viewer.
47196 \begin_layout Standard
47197 There are additionally the following options:
47200 \begin_layout Description
47202 \begin_inset space ~
47206 \begin_inset space ~
47210 \begin_inset space ~
47214 \begin_inset space ~
47218 \begin_inset space ~
47221 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
47222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47239 to separate folders.
47240 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
47241 \begin_inset Index idx
47244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47251 \begin_inset Index idx
47254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47263 \begin_layout Description
47265 \begin_inset space ~
47269 \begin_inset space ~
47273 \begin_inset space ~
47277 \begin_inset space ~
47281 \begin_inset space ~
47285 \begin_inset space ~
47288 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
47290 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47293 dialog when changing the document class.
47296 \begin_layout Section
47298 \begin_inset space ~
47302 \begin_inset Index idx
47305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47314 \begin_layout Subsection
47316 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47318 name "sub:Converters"
47323 \begin_inset Index idx
47326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47335 \begin_layout Standard
47336 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
47337 from one format to another.
47338 You can modify them or create new ones.
47339 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
47346 \begin_inset space ~
47356 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
47360 \begin_inset space ~
47365 drop-down list, modify the
47369 field, and press the
47376 \begin_layout Standard
47379 Converter File Cache
47381 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
47384 Maximum Age (in days
47387 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
47388 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
47391 \begin_layout Standard
47392 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
47393 the converter definition, is described in the section
47404 \begin_layout Subsection
47406 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47408 name "sec:File-Formats"
47413 \begin_inset Index idx
47416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47423 \begin_inset Index idx
47426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47435 \begin_layout Standard
47436 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
47437 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
47441 \begin_layout Standard
47442 Furthermore, you can define the
47443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47446 Default output format
47447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47450 that is used when you hit
47451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47470 View Master Document
47471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47478 Update Master Document
47479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47482 in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
47485 \begin_layout Standard
47486 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
47487 is described in the section
47498 \begin_layout Standard
47499 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
47500 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
47501 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
47502 This is done by specifying a
47507 More about this is described in the section
47518 \begin_layout Chapter
47519 Units available in LyX
47520 \begin_inset Index idx
47523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47530 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47532 name "cha:Units-available-in"
47539 \begin_layout Standard
47540 To understand the units described in this documentation,
47541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47543 reference "cap:Units"
47547 explains all units available in LyX.
47550 \begin_layout Standard
47551 \begin_inset Float table
47557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47558 \begin_inset Caption
47560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47561 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47576 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
47582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47584 \begin_inset Tabular
47585 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
47586 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
47587 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47588 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47684 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47688 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47712 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47716 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47739 scaled point (65536
47740 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47744 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47768 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47772 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47796 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47800 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
47804 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47828 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47832 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47855 % of original image width
47862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48044 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48048 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48069 \begin_layout Chapter
48071 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48080 \begin_layout Standard
48081 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
48082 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
48085 \begin_layout Itemize
48088 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
48091 \begin_layout Itemize
48097 \begin_layout Itemize
48103 \begin_layout Itemize
48109 \begin_layout Itemize
48115 \begin_layout Itemize
48121 \begin_layout Itemize
48127 \begin_layout Itemize
48133 \begin_layout Itemize
48136 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
48139 \begin_layout Itemize
48145 \begin_layout Itemize
48151 \begin_layout Itemize
48157 \begin_layout Itemize
48163 \begin_layout Itemize
48169 \begin_layout Itemize
48175 \begin_layout Itemize
48181 \begin_layout Itemize
48187 \begin_layout Itemize
48189 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
48198 \begin_layout Standard
48199 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48202 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
48209 \begin_layout Bibliography
48210 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48211 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48212 LatexCommand bibitem
48219 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48222 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
48227 \begin_inset Newline newline
48231 \begin_inset Flex URL
48234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48236 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
48244 \begin_layout Bibliography
48245 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48246 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48247 LatexCommand bibitem
48248 key "latexcompanion"
48252 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
48254 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
48257 Addison-Wesley, 2004
48260 \begin_layout Bibliography
48261 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48262 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48263 LatexCommand bibitem
48268 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
48271 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
48274 Addison-Wesley, 2003
48277 \begin_layout Bibliography
48278 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48279 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48280 LatexCommand bibitem
48287 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
48290 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
48293 \begin_layout Bibliography
48294 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48295 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48296 LatexCommand bibitem
48308 Addison-Wesley, 1984
48311 \begin_layout Bibliography
48312 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48313 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48314 LatexCommand bibitem
48320 \begin_inset Newline newline
48324 \begin_inset Flex URL
48327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48329 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
48337 \begin_layout Bibliography
48338 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48339 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48340 LatexCommand bibitem
48346 \begin_inset Newline newline
48350 \begin_inset Flex URL
48353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48355 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
48363 \begin_layout Bibliography
48364 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48365 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48366 LatexCommand bibitem
48372 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48374 name "Documentation"
48375 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
48384 \begin_inset Newline newline
48388 \begin_inset Flex URL
48391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48393 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
48401 \begin_layout Bibliography
48402 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48403 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48404 LatexCommand bibitem
48410 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48412 name "Documentation"
48413 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
48417 how to use the program
48422 \begin_inset Newline newline
48426 \begin_inset Flex URL
48429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48431 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
48439 \begin_layout Bibliography
48440 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48441 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48442 LatexCommand bibitem
48448 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48450 name "Documentation"
48451 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
48460 \begin_inset Newline newline
48464 \begin_inset Flex URL
48467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48469 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
48477 \begin_layout Bibliography
48478 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48479 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48480 LatexCommand bibitem
48486 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48488 name "Documentation"
48489 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
48498 \begin_inset Newline newline
48502 \begin_inset Flex URL
48505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48507 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
48515 \begin_layout Bibliography
48516 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48517 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48518 LatexCommand bibitem
48524 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48526 name "Documentation"
48527 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
48531 of the LaTeX-package
48536 \begin_inset Index idx
48539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48540 LaTeX-packages ! caption
48546 \begin_inset Newline newline
48550 \begin_inset Flex URL
48553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48555 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
48563 \begin_layout Bibliography
48564 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48565 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48566 LatexCommand bibitem
48572 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48574 name "Documentation"
48575 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
48579 of the LaTeX-package
48584 \begin_inset Index idx
48587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48588 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
48594 \begin_inset Newline newline
48598 \begin_inset Flex URL
48601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48603 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
48611 \begin_layout Bibliography
48612 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48613 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48614 LatexCommand bibitem
48620 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48622 name "Documentation"
48623 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
48627 of the LaTeX-package
48632 \begin_inset Index idx
48635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48636 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
48642 \begin_inset Newline newline
48646 \begin_inset Flex URL
48649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48651 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
48659 \begin_layout Bibliography
48660 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48661 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48662 LatexCommand bibitem
48670 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48672 name "Documentation"
48673 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
48679 of the LaTeX-package
48684 \begin_inset Index idx
48687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48688 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
48694 \begin_inset Newline newline
48698 \begin_inset Flex URL
48701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48703 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
48711 \begin_layout Bibliography
48712 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48713 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48714 LatexCommand bibitem
48720 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48722 name "Documentation"
48723 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
48727 of the LaTeX-package
48732 \begin_inset Index idx
48735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48736 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
48742 \begin_inset Newline newline
48746 \begin_inset Flex URL
48749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48751 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
48759 \begin_layout Bibliography
48760 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48761 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48762 LatexCommand bibitem
48768 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48770 name "Documentation"
48771 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
48775 of the LaTeX-package
48780 \begin_inset Index idx
48783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48784 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
48790 \begin_inset Newline newline
48794 \begin_inset Flex URL
48797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48799 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
48807 \begin_layout Bibliography
48808 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48809 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48810 LatexCommand bibitem
48816 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48818 name "Documentation"
48819 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
48823 of the LaTeX-package
48828 \begin_inset Index idx
48831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48832 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
48838 \begin_inset Newline newline
48842 \begin_inset Flex URL
48845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48847 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
48855 \begin_layout Bibliography
48856 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48857 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48858 LatexCommand bibitem
48864 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48866 name "Documentation"
48867 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
48871 of the LaTeX-package
48876 \begin_inset Index idx
48879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48880 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
48886 \begin_inset Newline newline
48890 \begin_inset Flex URL
48893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48895 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
48903 \begin_layout Bibliography
48904 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48905 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48906 LatexCommand bibitem
48912 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48915 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
48919 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
48920 \begin_inset Newline newline
48924 \begin_inset Flex URL
48927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48929 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
48937 \begin_layout Bibliography
48938 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48939 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48940 LatexCommand bibitem
48946 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48949 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
48953 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
48954 \begin_inset Newline newline
48958 \begin_inset Flex URL
48961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48963 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
48971 \begin_layout Bibliography
48972 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48973 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48974 LatexCommand bibitem
48980 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48983 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
48987 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
48988 \begin_inset Newline newline
48992 \begin_inset Flex URL
48995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48997 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
49005 \begin_layout Bibliography
49006 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49007 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49008 LatexCommand bibitem
49014 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49017 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
49021 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
49022 \begin_inset Newline newline
49026 \begin_inset Flex URL
49029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49031 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
49039 \begin_layout Bibliography
49040 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49041 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49042 LatexCommand bibitem
49048 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49051 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
49055 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
49056 \begin_inset Newline newline
49060 \begin_inset Flex URL
49063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49065 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
49073 \begin_layout Bibliography
49074 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49075 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49076 LatexCommand bibitem
49082 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49085 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
49089 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
49090 \begin_inset Newline newline
49094 \begin_inset Flex URL
49097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49099 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
49107 \begin_layout Bibliography
49108 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49109 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49110 LatexCommand bibitem
49116 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49119 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
49123 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
49124 \begin_inset Newline newline
49128 \begin_inset Flex URL
49131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49133 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
49141 \begin_layout Bibliography
49142 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49143 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49144 LatexCommand bibitem
49150 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49153 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
49157 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
49158 \begin_inset Newline newline
49162 \begin_inset Flex URL
49165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49167 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
49175 \begin_layout Bibliography
49176 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49177 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49178 LatexCommand bibitem
49184 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49187 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
49191 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
49192 \begin_inset Newline newline
49196 \begin_inset Flex URL
49199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49201 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
49209 \begin_layout Bibliography
49210 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49211 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49212 LatexCommand bibitem
49218 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49221 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
49225 about new features in
49230 \begin_inset Newline newline
49234 \begin_inset Flex URL
49237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49239 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
49247 \begin_layout Standard
49248 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
49255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49282 \begin_inset Note Note
49285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49292 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
49293 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
49294 bibliography is the second one:
49302 \begin_layout Standard
49303 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
49304 LatexCommand bibtex
49305 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
49306 options "biblio/alphadin"
49313 \begin_layout Standard
49314 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
49317 \begin_layout Standard
49318 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
49319 LatexCommand printnomenclature
49325 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
49326 LatexCommand printindex